高三英语阅读理解练习

Passage One (Violence Can Do Nothing to Diminish Race Prejudice)

　　　 In some countries where racial prejudice is acute, violence has so come to be taken for granted as a means of solving differences, that it is not even questioned. There are countries where the white man imposes his rule by brute force; there are countries where the black man protests by setting fire to cities and by looting and pillaging. Important people on both sides, who would in other respects appear to be reasonable men, get up and calmly argue in favor of violence – as if it were a legitimate solution, like any other. What is really frightening, what really fills you with despair, is the realization that when it comes to the crunch, we have made no actual progress at all. We may wear collars and ties instead of war-paint, but our instincts remain basically unchanged. The whole of the recorded history of the human race, that tedious documentation of violence, has taught us absolutely nothing. We have still not learnt that violence never solves a problem but makes it more acute. The sheer horror, the bloodshed, the suffering mean nothing. No solution ever comes to light the morning after when we dismally contemplate the smoking ruins and wonder what hit us.

　　　 The truly reasonable men who know where the solutions lie are finding it harder and herder to get a hearing. They are despised, mistrusted and even persecuted by their own kind because they advocate such apparently outrageous things as law enforcement. If half the energy that goes into violent acts were put to good use, if our efforts were directed at cleaning up the slums and ghettos, at improving living-standards and providing education and employment for all, we would have gone a long way to arriving at a solution. Our strength is sapped by having to mop up the mess that violence leaves in its wake. In a well-directed effort, it would not be impossible to fulfill the ideals of a stable social programme. The benefits that can be derived from constructive solutions are everywhere apparent in the world around us. Genuine and lasting solutions are always possible, providing we work within the framework of the law.

　　　 Before we can even begin to contemplate peaceful co-existence between the races, we must appreciate each other’s problems. And to do this, we must learn about them: it is a simple exercise in communication, in exchanging information. ‘Talk, talk, talk,’ the advocates of violence say, ‘all you ever do is talk, and we are none the wiser.’ It’s rather like the story of the famous barrister who painstakingly explained his case to the judge. After listening to a lengthy argument the judge complained that after all this talk, he was none the wiser. ‘Possible, my lord,’ the barrister replied, ‘none the wiser, but surely far better informed.’ Knowledge is the necessary prerequisite to wisdom: the knowledge that violence creates the evils it pretends to solve.

1.　　　 What is the best title for this passage?
[A] Advocating Violence.
[B] Violence Can Do Nothing to Diminish Race Prejudice.
[C] Important People on Both Sides See Violence As a Legitimate Solution.
[D] The Instincts of Human Race Are Thirsty for Violence.

2.　　　 Recorded history has taught us
[A] violence never solves anything.
[B] nothing.
[C] the bloodshed means nothing.
[D] everything.

3.　　　 It can be inferred that truly reasonable men
[A] can’t get a hearing.
[B] are looked down upon.
[C] are persecuted.
[D] Have difficulty in advocating law enforcement.

4.　　　 “He was none the wiser” means
[A] he was not at all wise in listening.
[B] He was not at all wiser than nothing before.
[C] He gains nothing after listening.
[D] He makes no sense of the argument.

5.　　　 According the author the best way to solve race prejudice is
[A] law enforcement.
[B] knowledge.
[C] nonviolence.
[D] Mopping up the violent mess.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 acute　　　　　　　 严重的，剧烈的，敏锐的

2.　　　 loot　　　　　　　　 v.抢劫，掠夺；n.赃物

3.　　　 pillage　　　　　　 v.抢劫，掠夺

4.　　　 crunch　　　　　　v.吱嘎吱嘎咬或嚼某物；n.碎裂声
when it comes to the crunch = if/when the decisive moment comes. 当关键时刻来到时。

5.　　　 war-paint　　　　 出战前涂于身上的颜料。（美印第安战士用）

6.　　　 come to light = become known　　　显露，为人所知

7.　　　 sap　　　　　　　　 剥削，使伤元气，破坏
I was sapped by months of hospital treatment. 我住院治疗几个月，大伤元气。

8.　　　 mop up　　　　　 擦去，对付，处理

9.　　　 wake　　　　　　　 船迹，航迹
in the wake of sth. = come after 随某事之后到来。

难句译注

1.　　　 What is really frightening, what really fills you with despair is the realization that when it comes to the crunch, we have made no actual progress at all.
【结构简析】when it comes to the crunch = when / if the decisive moment comes.当关键时刻来到时。
【参考译文】真正令人可怖的，令人绝望的是，在关键时刻，人们意识到我们一点儿也没有进步/前进。

2.　　　 Our strength is sapped by having to mop up the mess that violence leaves in its wake.
【结构简析】in the wake of 在…之后。
【参考译文】由于我们不得不清理掉暴力之后所留下的烂摊子，我们的力量因此削弱了。

3.　　　 After listening to a lengthy argument the judge complained that after all this talk, he was none the wiser.
【结构简析】none + the + 比较级。固定用法，义：not at all 一点儿也不。EX: After the treatment, he is none the better.治疗后，他并没有因此见好，（一点儿也不见好）。
【参考译文】听了律师的长篇解释，法官抱怨说他一无所获，并不因此变得聪明些。

4.　　　 Knowledge is the necessary prerequisite to wisdom.
【参考译文】知识是智慧的必要的先决条件。结合上下文这里意思是：了解情况是解决问题的先决条件。句子后面的解释：知识是指了解它欲以解决暴力制造的恶行。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 作者主要以对比的手法写出了暴力是有些国家用以解决种族差异的公认方法，这是人本性没有进步的表现，真正理智的人提出了法制才是解决问题的唯一途径，而这些人遭人轻视、迫害。作者指出如果我们把使用暴力的一半精力放在消除贫民窟，改善生活水平，提供教育和就业，清除暴力造成的后果，也就是通过对它以法治理是能真正解决种族问题的。尽管这些暴力者采取充耳不闻的态度。

答案详解

1.　　　 B 暴力难以消除种族偏见。文章一开始就提出有些国家种族偏见严重，而暴力却是公认的一种解决方法。白人采用暴力镇压，黑人以防火、掠抢为反抗。而双方的大人物平静地论及暴力，似乎这是一种合法的解决方案。作者就此指出人类的进步只在于表面――衣饰等，人类的本能没有改变。整个有记录历史的文件没有教会人类任何东西。这是真正令人可怕的事件。
第二段论及真正有理智的懂得解决方案所在的人鼓吹法制，人们不停。他们反而收到轻视、迫害。作者就此提出假设，答出真正的解决方案嗜法制，以法治理。
第三段进一步说明“交流、对话”是了解双方问题的前提，即使暴力者不同意，但知道暴力制造它假装要解决的罪恶，是智慧聪明的必要前提。
A.鼓吹暴力。C.双方重要人物都把暴力作为合法的解决方案。D. 人类的本性是嗜暴性。

2.　　　 B没有什么。第一段中就明确提出整个人类有记录历史又长又臭的暴力文件记录，一点都没有教给我们任何东西。
A.暴力解决不了任何事情。C.杀戮（流血）没有任何意义。D.一切。

3.　　　 D在鼓吹法制方面有困难。答案在第二段，真正有理智的人鼓吹法制，遭到同类们的轻视、不信任和迫害。他们发现要人倾听他们的意见越来越困难。
A.人们不听。B.遭人轻视。C.遭人迫害。这三项都包含在D项内。

4.　　　 C听后无所得。None the wiser一点也不比以前聪明（这是按字面翻译）。实际就是C项。
A.在倾听别人上他一点也不聪明。B.他和以前一个样。D.他听不懂论点。

5.　　　 A法制。第二段最后一句，如果我们在法律的构架中进行工作，真正的持久的解决总是能实现的。第二段第二句，他们遭到迫害是因为他们鼓吹法制这种显然令人不能容忍的事。
B.知识。C.非暴力。D.处理暴力带来的混乱。

Passage Two (The Tourist Trade Contributes Absolutely Nothing to Increasing Understanding between Nations)

　　　 The tourist trade is booming. With all this coming and going, you’d expect greater understanding to develop between the nations of the world. Not a bit of it! Superb systems of communication by air, sea and land make it possible for us to visit each other’s countries at a moderate cost. What was once the ‘grand tour’, reserved for only the very rich, is now within everybody’s grasp? The package tour and chartered flights are not to be sneered at. Modern travelers enjoy a level of comfort which the lords and ladies on grand tours in the old days couldn’t have dreamed of. But what’s the sense of this mass exchange of populations if the nations of the world remain basically ignorant of each other?

　　　 Many tourist organizations are directly responsible for this state of affairs. They deliberately set out to protect their clients from too much contact with the local population. The modern tourist leads a cosseted, sheltered life. He lives at international hotels, where he eats his international food and sips his international drink while he gazes at the natives from a distance. Conducted tours to places of interest are carefully censored. The tourist is allowed to see only what the organizers want him to see and no more. A strict schedule makes it impossible for the tourist to wander off on his own; and anyway, language is always a barrier, so he is only too happy to be protected in this way. At its very worst, this leads to a new and hideous kind of colonization. The summer quarters of the inhabitants of the cite universitaire: are temporarily reestablished on the island of Corfu. Blackpool is recreated at Torremolinos where the traveler goes not to eat paella, but fish and chips.

　　　 The sad thing about this situation is that it leads to the persistence of national stereotypes. We don’t see the people of other nations as they really are, but as we have been brought up to believe they are. You can test this for yourself. Take five nationalities, say, French, German, English, American and Italian. Now in your mind, match them with these five adjectives: musical, amorous, cold, pedantic, native. Far from providing us with any insight into the national characteristics of the peoples just mentioned, these adjectives actually act as barriers. So when you set out on your travels, the only characteristics you notice are those which confirm your preconceptions. You come away with the highly unoriginal and inaccurate impression that, say, ‘Anglo-Saxons are hypocrites’ of that ‘Latin peoples shout a lot’. You only have to make a few foreign friends to understand how absurd and harmful national stereotypes are. But how can you make foreign friends when the tourist trade does its best to prevent you?

　　　 Carried to an extreme, stereotypes can be positively dangerous. Wild generalizations stir up racial hatred and blind us to the basic fact—how trite it sounds! – That all people are human. We are all similar to each other and at the same time all unique.

1.　　　 The best title for this passage is
[A] tourism contributes nothing to increasing understanding between nations.
[B] Tourism is tiresome.
[C] Conducted tour is dull.
[D] tourism really does something to one’s country.

2.　　　 What is the author’s attitude toward tourism?
[A] apprehensive.
[B] negative.
[C] critical.
[D] appreciative.

3.　　　 Which word in the following is the best to summarize Latin people shout a lot?
[A] silent.
[B] noisy.
[C] lively.
[D] active.

4.　　　 The purpose of the author’s criticism is to point out
[A] conducted tour is disappointing.
[B] the way of touring should be changed.
[C] when traveling, you notice characteristics which confirm preconception.
[D] national stereotypes should be changed.

5.　　　 What is ‘grand tour’ now?
[A] moderate cost.
[B] local sight-seeing is investigated by the tourist organization.
[C] people enjoy the first-rate comforts.
[D] everybody can enjoy the ‘grand tour’.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 superb　　　　　　　　　　卓越的，杰出的，第一流的

2.　　　 moderate　　　　　　　　中庸的，中等的，适度的

3.　　　 grand tour　　　　　　　　　　 大旅行，指旧时英国富家子弟教育中，到欧洲大陆观光的旅行，为学业必经阶段。

4.　　　 package tour　　　　　 由旅行社代办而费用与路线、日程固定的假日旅游。也可用package holiday。

5.　　　 chartered flight　　　　包机航班

6.　　　 set out to do sth. = begin a job with a particular aim　　 开始做某事，决心/打算做……

7.　　　 cosset　　　　　　　　　　宠爱，溺爱，纵容

8.　　　 conducted tour = guided tour　　　　 有人指导/引到下的参观，有导游的旅游　　　　　

9.　　　 censor　　　　　　　　　　检查

10.　 wander off　　　　　　 离开原处/正道，离群，漫步，漫游

11.　 quarters　　　　　　　　　住处，营

12.　 paella　　　　　　　　　　 西班牙什锦饭

13.　 chip　　　　　　　　　　　 炸马铃薯条（土豆条）

14.　 amorous　　　　　　　　 多情的，色情的

15.　 pedantic　　　　　　　　 学究式的，卖弄学问的

16.　 generalization　　　　　归纳，概括

17.　 stir up　　　　　　　　　　惹起，煽动，挑起

18.　 trite　　　　　　　　　　　　陈腐的，老一套的

难句译注

1.　　　 What was once the ‘grand tour’, reserved for only the very rich, is now within everybody’s grasp.
【结构简析】within sb.’s grasp.某人理解/了解，为某人所能抓到的。
【参考译文】一度只有最富有者专享的“大旅行”现在人人都可获得。

2.　　　 The package tour and chartered flights are not to be sneered at.
【参考译文】旅行社包办的旅游，包机航班决不会遭人耻笑。

3.　　　 They deliberately set out to protect their clients from too much contact with the local population.
【参考译文】旅行社有意使他们的谷底和当地居民少接触。

4.　　　 The modern tourist heads a cosseted sheltered life.
【参考译文】现代旅行者过的使爱护有加与世隔绝的生活。

5.　　　 Conducted tours to places of interest are carefully censored.
【参考译文】有人指导下参观一些静电收到组织者――旅行社仔细的检查核准。

6.　　　 A strict schedule makes it impossible for the tourist to wander off on his own; and anyway, language is always barrier, so he is only too happy to be protected in this way.
【结构简析】only too + 形容词/分词 = very非常。
【参考译文】严格致密的计划值得旅行者不可能自己一个人到处闲逛；再说，至少语言总是个障碍，所以他对这样保护非常高兴。

7.　　　 At its very worst, this leads to a new and hideous kind of colonization.
【结构简析】at one’s worst 在情况最坏的时候。
【参考译文】最糟的时候，这种保护会导致形成一种新型而又可怕的殖民现象。

8.　　　 Carried to an extreme, stereotypes can be positively dangerous.
【结构简析】carried to an extreme (to an excess )如果做得过分。
【参考译文】如果走向极端，模式化的想法会非常危险。

9.　　　 Wild generalizations stir up racial hatred and blind us to the basic fact.
【参考译文】野蛮（乱七八糟）的概括/归纳会激起种族仇恨，使我们对这基本事实视而不见。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 文章主要采用因果写法。虽然旅游业发展，人们可享受以前只有最富有者享受的大旅游，但由于旅行社种种限制/呵护及其它，使旅游者难以和当地居民接触。陈旧的固定的想――对民族的模式化想法，只有通过接触才能接触模式。而旅行社的种种都使人相互难以理解。

答案详解

1.　　　 A 旅游对增进民族了解毫无建树。第二段开始点出，许多旅游组织直接负责旅游事宜，他们有意识不让旅游者接触当地居民，让他们过着一种关怀备至又与世隔绝的生活。住的是国际饭店，吃的是国际食品，喝的是国际饮料，在原处观看当地居民。严格有序的计划使旅游者难以自己一人闲逛，语言的障碍，又使他们乐意接受保护。第三段涉及坚持民族模式化――老一套的想法，所以一开始旅游，你见到的民族特性就只是证实了你自己设想的基本事实――所有人民都是人类。只有交朋友才能知道民族模式是多么荒谬、有害，可是旅行社竭力制止，你又怎么能交上外国朋友呢？这一切说明A项对。
B.旅游很累。C.导游观光很单调乏味。D.旅游确实对国家有贡献。

2.　　　 C 批评。

3.　　　 B 吵吵闹闹的。

4.　　　 B 旅游的方式应改变。整篇文章（除第一段外）都环绕旅游方式不理想来进行批评。第二段集中在导游观光使旅游者难以和当地人民接触。第三段，见到的只是证实了旅游者本人事先形成的思想/先入之见，旅游根本达不到了解对方的目的。第四段讲了民族固定模式（先入之见的模式）的可怕后果。要使人懂得所有的人们都是人类，彼此相似，又各具特点，就得改变旅游的方式。
A.导游观光令人失望。C.旅游时，你见到的 特性证实了你的先入之见。D.民族模式应当改变。这三条都是批评的具体内容。

5.　　　 D 人人都能享受大旅游。大旅行是专指英国富家子弟上学中的一门课程－到欧洲大陆观光。不是人人都能享受。这里用grand tour表示人人都能享受类似grand tour的一切，甚至超过，如第一段指出：现代旅游者享受的舒适设施，达到了大旅行中老爷、小姐们做梦都没有想到的水平。海陆空高级交流联络通讯系统，使人们有可能钱花得不多就能访问、观光别的国家。所以说，曾是有钱人专享的大旅行，普通人也能领略。“grand tour”有引号，表明作为比喻。
A.费用不高。文内是费用合适、中等、恰当。B.当地观光受组织审查。C.人们喜欢一流舒适设施。

Passage Three (Pop Stars Earn Much)

　　　 Pop stars today enjoy a style of living which was once the prerogative only of Royalty. Wherever they go, people turn out in their thousands to greet them. The crowds go wild trying to catch a brief glimpse of their smiling, colorfully dressed idols. The stars are transported in their chauffeur driven Rolls-Royces, private helicopters or executive aeroplanes. They are surrounded by a permanent entourage of managers, press agents and bodyguards. Photographs of them appear regularly in the press and all their comings and goings are reported, for, like Royalty, pop stars are news. If they enjoy many of the privileges of Royalty, they certainly share many of the inconveniences as well. It is dangerous for them to make unscheduled appearances in public. They must be constantly shielded from the adoring crowds which idolize them. They are no longer private individuals, but public property. The financial rewards they receive for this sacrifice cannot be calculated, for their rates of pay are astronomical.

　　　 And why not? Society has always rewarded its top entertainers lavishly. The great days of Hollywood have become legendary: famous stars enjoyed fame, wealth and adulation on an unprecedented scale. By today’s standards, the excesses of Hollywood do not seem quite so spectacular. A single gramophone record nowadays may earn much more in royalties than the films of the past ever did. The competition for the title ‘Top of the Pops’ is fierce, but the rewards are truly colossal.

　　　 It is only right that the stars should be paid in this way. Don’t the top men in industry earn enormous salaries for the services they perform to their companies and their countries? Pop stars earn vast sums in foreign currency – often more than large industrial concerns – and the taxman can only be grateful fro their massive annual contributions to the exchequer. So who would begrudge them their rewards?

　　　 It’s all very well for people in humdrum jobs to moan about the successes and rewards of others. People who make envious remarks should remember that the most famous stars represent only the tip of the iceberg. For every famous star, there are hundreds of others struggling to earn a living. A man working in a steady job and looking forward to a pension at the end of it has no right to expect very high rewards. He has chosen security and peace of mind, so there will always be a limit to what he can earn. But a man who attempts to become a star is taking enormous risks. He knows at the outset that only a handful of competitors ever get to the very top. He knows that years of concentrated effort may be rewarded with complete failure. But he knows, too, that the rewards for success are very high indeed: they are the recompense for the huge risks involved and if he achieves them, he has certainly earned them. That’s the essence of private enterprise.

1.　　　 The sentence Pop stars’ style of living was once the prerogative only of Royalty means
[A] their life was as luxurious as that of royalty.
[B] They enjoy what once only belonged to the royalty.
[C] They are rather rich.
[D] Their way of living was the same as that of the royalty.

2.　　　 What is the author’s attitude toward top stars’ high income?
[A] Approval.
[B] Disapproval.
[C] Ironical.
[D] Critical.

3.　　　 It can be inferred from the passage
[A] there exists fierce competition in climbing to the top.
[B] People are blind in idolizing stars.
[C] Successful Pop stars give great entertainment.
[D] The tax they have paid are great.

4.　　　 What can we learn from the passage?
[A] Successful man should get high-income repayment.
[B] Pop stars made great contribution to a country.
[C] Pop stars can enjoy the life of royalty.
[D] Successful men represent the tip of the iceberg.

5.　　　 Which paragraph covers the main idea?
[A] The first.
[B] The second.
[C] The third.
[D] The fourth.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 prerogative　　　　　　 权力，（尤指）特权

2.　　　 chauffeur　　　　　　　 受雇开车人，（尤指富人、要人的）司机

3.　　　 entourage　　　　　　　 随行人员，伴随者，近侍；建筑物周围

4.　　　 astronomical　　　　　 庞大的，天文的

5.　　　 adulation　　　　　　　　 奉承

6.　　　 gramophone　　　　　　灌音

7.　　　 colossal　　　　　　　　　巨大的

8.　　　 exchequer　　　　　　　 国库，财源
　Exchequer Bond 国库债券

9.　　　 begrudge　　　　　　　　感到不快/不满，忌妒

10.　 humdrum　　　　　　　 平淡的，单调的

11.　 moan　　　　　　　　　　　　　　呻吟声
　moan about　　 发牢骚

难句译注

1.　　　 the prerogative of Royalty或the royal prerogative
皇家的特权（再英国指国王名义上享有不经议会认可而采取行动的权力）。

2.　　　 People turn out in their thousands to greet them.
【结构简析】turn out露面、集合、出席。EX: A vast crowd turned out to watch the match.大批观众到场观看比赛。
【参考译文】成千上万的人们出来欢迎他们。

3.　　　 The great days of Hollywood have become legendry.
【参考译文】好莱坞鼎盛时期成了神话。

4.　　　 By today’s standards, the excesses of Hollywood do not seem quite so spectacular.
【参考译文】按今天的标准来看，好莱坞的奢华（过分的行为）似乎并不那么引人注目。

5.　　　 A single gramophone record nowadays may earn much more in royalties than the films of the past ever did.
【参考译文】今天单张录音唱片挣的版税要比过去一步电影还要多得多。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 作者以对比、因果写作手法，写出歌星享受者贵族般生活方式，出门受千万人群欢迎，出入高级车、机，身后保镖、经纪人、新闻记者，来去都有报道，这一切是社会对高级演员的慷慨赠予。公司的高级人员享受高薪，歌星也应享受。再则顶尖歌星冒有很大风险。

答案详解

1.　　　 B 他们享受一度只属于贵族享用的一切。第一段集中谈了这些：他们走到哪里，成千上万人们出来欢迎，却中发疯地要看一眼穿着花哨的偶像的笑容。这些歌星坐着司机开动的Rolls-Royces汽车、私人直升飞机，高级长官飞机到处走，永远围着一批经纪人、报界记者和保镖随从人员。他们的照片定期登在报刊上，因为歌星象贵族一样是新闻人物。
A.他们的生活和贵族一样奢侈。C.他们很富。D.他们的生活方式和贵族生活方式一个样。

2.　　　 A 赞成。在第一段最后一句：“他们为他们的牺牲所获取的报酬难以计算，支付率惊人。”第二段一开始就点明“为什么不惊人？社会对高级表演者总是慷慨解囊。好莱坞的鼎盛时期名扬天下，著名歌星先手空前绝后的名、利、奉承。”第三段更明确指出：应该这样支付星族，这完全正确。企业中的顶尖人物因为他们为公司和国家所作的一切不也挣得高额工资？税务员应感谢他们每年为国库做出了巨大的贡献。所以谁会忌妒他们的报酬呢？最后一段进一步说明：欲成为星族的人冒着很大的风险，谁都知道只有一小撮人能成为顶尖人物，也可能多年的努力以彻底失败而告终，而成功的报酬确实很高，这是对他们冒险的补偿。这些内容都说明作者赞成巨额报酬。
A.不同意。C.讽刺的。D.批评的。

3.　　　 A 在攀登顶峰中存在着激烈的竞争。这在第三段最后一句明确指出：获取顶尖的流行歌星的称号竞争激烈，但其报酬确实惊人。最后一段的风险说。还有最后一段第二句：说忌妒话的人应记住：最有名的星族代表的只是冰山之巅――人极少。每个成名的歌星身后就有成千上百个其他歌者为生存而奋斗。这都说明“竞争激烈”。
B.人们盲目崇拜偶像歌星。C.成功的流行歌星演出给人极大的享受。D.他们支付的税收巨大。

4.　　　 D 成功者只是冰山的顶尖――少极了。
A.成功的人应当获得高收入。B.流行歌星对国家做出巨大贡献。C.流行歌星能享受贵族生活。

5.　　　 D 第四段。主旨句是倒数第一、二句，成功的报酬确实很高，这是对其高度风险的还报补偿，如果他成功了，他肯定挣得多。那就是私人事业的根本/本质。
A.第一段。这段之对比了贵族和歌星的生活方式。B.第二段。这段讲了挣得多，但竞争激烈。C.第三段。歌星和企业顶尖人物对比。

Passage Four (Examinations Exert a Pernicious Influence on Education)

　　　 We might marvel at the progress made in every field of study, but the methods of testing a person’s knowledge and ability remain as primitive as ever they were. It really is extraordinary that after all these years, educationists have still failed to device anything more efficient and reliable than examinations. For all the pious claim that examinations text what you know, it is common knowledge that they more often do the exact opposite. They may be a good means of testing memory, or the knack of working rapidly under extreme pressure, but they can tell you nothing about a person’s true ability and aptitude.

　　　 As anxiety-makers, examinations are second to none. That is because so much depends on them. They are the mark of success of failure in our society. Your whole future may be decided in one fateful day. It doesn’t matter that you weren’t feeling very well, or that your mother died. Little things like that don’t count: the exam goes on. No one can give of his best when he is in mortal terror, or after a sleepless night, yet this is precisely what the examination system expects him to do. The moment a child begins school, he enters a world of vicious competition where success and failure are clearly defined and measured. Can we wonder at the increasing number of ‘drop-outs’: young people who are written off as utter failures before they have even embarked on a career? Can we be surprised at the suicide rate among students?

　　　 A good education should, among other things, train you to think for yourself. The examination system does anything but that. What has to be learnt is rigidly laid down by a syllabus, so the student is encouraged to memorize. Examinations do not motivate a student to read widely, but to restrict his reading; they do not enable him to seek more and more knowledge, but induce cramming. They lower the standards of teaching, for they deprive the teacher of all freedoms. Teachers themselves are often judged by examination results and instead of teaching their subjects, they are reduced to training their students in exam techniques which they despise. The most successful candidates are not always the best educated; they are the best trained in the technique of working under duress.

　　　 The results on which so much depends are often nothing more than a subjective assessment by some anonymous examiner. Examiners are only human. They get tired and hungry; they make mistakes. Yet they have to mark stacks of hastily scrawled scripts in a limited amount of time. They work under the same sort of pressure as the candidates. And their word carries weight. After a judge’s decision you have the right of appeal, but not after an examiner’s. There must surely be many simpler and more effective ways of assessing a person’s true abilities. Is it cynical to suggest that examinations are merely a profitable business for the institutions that run them? This is what it boils down to in the last analysis. The best comment on the system is this illiterate message recently scrawled on a wall: ‘I were a teenage drop-out and now I are a teenage millionaire.’

1.　　　 The main idea of this passage is
[A] examinations exert a pernicious influence on education.
[B] examinations are ineffective.
[C] examinations are profitable for institutions.
[D] examinations are a burden on students.

2.　　　 The author’s attitude toward examinations is
[A]detest.
[B] approval.
[C] critical.
[D] indifferent.

3.　　　 The fate of students is decided by
[A] education.
[B] institutions.
[C] examinations.
[D] students themselves.

4.　　　 According to the author, the most important of a good education is
[A] to encourage students to read widely.
[B] to train students to think on their own.
[C] to teach students how to tackle exams.
[D] to master his fate.

5.　　　 Why does the author mention court?
[A] Give an example.
[B] For comparison.
[C] It shows that teachers’ evolutions depend on the results of examinations.
[D] It shows the results of court is more effectise.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 pernicious　　　　有害的，恶性的，破坏性的

2.　　　 knack　　　　　　　窍门，诀窍

3.　　　 embark　　　　　　乘船，登记

4.　　　 write off　　　　　勾销，注销。确认某食物已损失或无效

5.　　　 syllabus　 　　　教学大纲

6.　　　 cram　　　　　　　 塞入，把某物塞进，突击式学习（尤指应考），以注入方式教人

7.　　　 duress　　　　　　 威胁，逼迫

8.　　　 stack　　　　　　　 堆，垛

9.　　　 scrawl　　　　　　 写/画（的内容不工整，不仔细）潦草的笔迹，七扭八歪的字

10.　 script　　　　　　　　　　 讲稿，剧本，脚本，笔试答卷

11.　 cynical　　　　　　愤世嫉俗的，自私得为人不齿的

12.　 boil down　　　　熬浓，浓缩，归纳

难句译注

1.　　　 For all the pious claim that examinations test what you know, it is common knowledge that they more often do the exact opposite.
【参考译文】尽管所有那些虔诚的说法说考试能测定你所知道的东西，但其结果常常是适得其反，这是众所周之的常识。

2.　　　 As anxiety-makers, examinations are second to none.
【结构简析】second to none固定搭配，义：不亚于任何人或事物。
【参考译文】（测）考试作为忧虑的制造者，真是出类拔萃。

3.　　　 induce cramming
诱人采用突击式学习方式。Cram尽力塞入，应试突击学习。EX: cram for a chemistry test.为应付化学考试而临时抱佛脚。Cram pupils以填鸭式教学生。

4.　　　 Yet you have to mark stacks of hastily scrawled scripts in a limited amount of time.
【参考译文】他们不得不在限定的时间内，给一大堆匆忙涂写而成的笔试答卷批分。

5.　　　 And their word carries weight.
【参考译文】可他们的话/文字（这里指分数）有份量（有影响）。

6.　　　 This is what it boils down to in the last analysis.
【参考译文】这就是最终分析所归纳的一切。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 这是一篇类似分类写作的文章。罗列了考试种种恶果。作者首先指出考试难以测定人的真正能力和水平，反而是适得其反。二是考试是忧虑的制造者，因为它决定了人的成败命运。三是考试促使学校进行应试技巧教育，否定了教会人独立思考、扩大视野。四是教师或者说测试人又累又饿，犯错误，还得在限定时间披阅成堆的试卷，他们的压力和考试者一样很大，而他们的话――分数有份量，审判官的裁决，你有权上诉，而他们的裁决――一笔定终身。

　　　 最后引用“辍学者成为百万富翁”来点明测试这种形式对教育的坏影响。

答案详解

1.　　　 A 考试对教育具有有害的影响。文章第一段就点明：考试是测试记忆的好方法，是测试在巨大压力下快速工作的技巧的好方法，却测不出一个人的真正能力和水平。第三段集中指出：考试不是促进学生广泛阅读，反而限制其阅读；考试不能使学生追求更多的知识，而是诱导学生进行应付考试的突击式学习。他们降低了教学水平，因为他们剥夺了老师的一切自由。常常以考试结果而不是所教课程来评定老师，是他们不得不以他们所轻视的考试技巧来培训学生。第二段和第四段也涉及其后果。
B.考试无效。这是考试后果的一个方面。C.考试对教育机构有利。这也是一个方面。D.考试对学生是一种负担。

2.　　　 C 批评的。第一段中作者明确指出，考试方法依旧，不能测出人的能力和水平。第二段点名，这种无用的考试决定人生的成败。第三段说考试最成功的考试者经常不是最佳的受教育者，他们是在胁迫下最佳获得考试技巧者，而好的教育应能培养人的独立思考。第四段涉及阅卷者又累又饿，常犯错误，不得不在限定时间披阅一大堆匆忙中七扭八歪写出的卷子。最后一句“我过去是一个是来岁的辍学者，现在我是一个年轻的百万富翁”画龙点睛地指出，考试指挥下的教育的失败。这一切都说明作者对考试的批评态度。
A.嫌恶，厌恶。此答案从意义上说是对的。但语法不通，因为这是个东西，而is后要求是名词或形容词。B.赞成。D.漠不关心的。

3.　　　 C 考试。答案在第二段，考试是最终忧虑制造者，那是因为许多事情取决于考试：它们是我们社会中成功或失败的标志。你的未来可能全取决于这决定性的一天。
A.教育。B.教育机构。D.学生自己。

4.　　　 B 培养学生进行独立思考。第三段第一句话点明：好的教育应该是培养学生自己独立思考。
A.鼓励学生广泛阅读。教学生如何应考。C.教学生如何应考。D.掌握自己命运。

5.　　　 B 作对比，答案在最后一段倒数第二句“审判官裁决后，你有权力上诉，而披阅考卷人给分后，学生可没有上诉权”后面又谈及“一想到考试只对进行考试的机构有礼，未免太自私了。这酒是最终分析归纳的东西。”所以作者呼吁，可定还有许多更简便，更有效的评估人真正能力的方法。
A.给出一个例子。C.表示老师是由考试结果评定好坏。这是第三段讲的不分内容，教师他们自己常由考试结果而不是所教课程优劣来评定。所以他们不得不对学生进行应试技巧教育，降低教学水平。D.表明审判官裁决更有效。

Passage Five (Killing in the Name of God　　 Ugandan Deaths Spotlight Rise of Cults)

　　　 How could faith beget such evil? After hundreds of members of a Ugandan cult, the Movement for the Restoration of the Ten Commandments of God, died in what first appeared to be a suicidal fire in the village of Kanungu two weeks age, police found 153 bodies buried in a compound used by the cult in Buhunga, 25 miles away. When investigators searched the house of a cult leader in yet another village, they discovered 155 bodies, many buried under the concrete floor of the house. Then scores more were dug up at a cult member’s home. Some had been poisoned; others, often-young children, strangled. By week’s end, Ugandan police had counted 924 victims – including at least 530 who burned to death inside the sealed church – exceeding the 1978 Jonestown mass suicide and killings by followers of American cult leader Jim Jones that claimed 913 lives.

　　　 Authorities believe two of the cult’s leaders, Joseph Kibwetere, a 68-year-old former Roman Catholic catechism teacher who started the cult in 1987, and his “prophetess, ” Credonia Mwerinde, by some accounts a former prostitute who claimed to speak for the Virgin Mary, may still be alive and on the run. The pair had predicted the world would end on Dec. 31, 1999. When that didn’t happen, followers who demanded the return of their possessions, which they had to surrender on joining the cult, may have been systematically killed.

　　　 The Ugandan carnage focuses attention on the proliferation of religious cults in East Africa’s impoverished rural areas and city slums. According to the institute for the study of American religion, which researches cults and sects, there are now more than 5,000 indigenous churches in Africa, some with apocalyptic or revolutionary leanings. One such group is the Jerusalem Church of Christ in Nairobi’s Kawangwara slums, led by Mary Snaida-Akatsa, or “mommy” as she is known to her thousands of followers. She prophesies about the end of the world and accuses some members of being witches. One day the brought a “special visitor” to church, an Indian Sikh man she claimed was Jesus, and told her followers to “repent or pay the consequences.”

　　　 Most experts say Africa’s hardships push people to seek hope in religious cults. “These groups thrive because of poverty,” says Charles Onyango Obbo, editor of the Monitor, an independent newspaper in Uganda, and a close observer of cults. “People have no support, and they’re susceptible to anyone who is able to tap into their insecurity.” Additionally, they say, AIDS, which has ravaged East Africa, may also breed a fatalism that helps apocalyptic notions take root.

　　　 Some Africans turn to cults after rejecting mainstream Christian churches as “Western” or “non-African.” Agnes Masitsa, 30, who used to attend a Catholic church before she joined the Jerusalem Church of Christ, says of Catholicism: “It’s dull.”

　　　 Catholic icons. Yet, the Ugandan doomsday cult, like many of the sects, drew on features of Roman Catholicism, a strong force in the region. Catholic icons were prominent in its buildings, and some of its leaders were defrocked priests, such as Dominic Kataribabo, 32, who reportedly studied theology in the Los Angeles area in the mid-1980s. He had told neighbors he was digging a pit in his house to install a refrigerator; police have now recovered 81 bodies from under the floor and 74 from a field nearby. Police are unsure whether Kataribabo died in the church fire.

　　　 Still, there is the question: How could so many killings have been carried out without drawing attention? Villagers were aware of Kibwetere’s sect, whose followers communicated mainly through sign language and apparently were apprehensive about violating any of the cult’s commandments. There were suspicions. Ugandan president Yoweri Mseveni told the BBC that intelligence reports about the dangerous nature of the group had been suppressed by some government officials. On Thursday, police arrested an assistant district commissioner, the Rev. Amooti Mutazindwa, for allegedly holding back a report suggesting the cult posed a security threat.

　　　 Now, there are calls for African governments to monitor cults more closely. Says Gilbert Ogutu, a professor of religious studies at the University of Nairobi: “When cult leaders lose support, they become dangerous.”

1.　　　 Why did so may Ugandans die in faith?
[A] Many of them were killed for asking for the return of their possessions.
[B] They found the cult’s leaders had cheated them.
[C] They lost faith in cults.
[D] They are willing to die.

2.　　　 The main reason of people’s joining the cults is
[A] poverty.
[B] insecurity.
[C] AIDS.
[D] fatalism.

3.　　　 What does Mary Snaide Akatsa prophesy?
[A] She prophesies the world will be flooded.
[B] She prophesies the world will be in fire.
[C] She prophesies about the end of the world.
[D] She prophesies he followers should die in faith.

4.　　　 Why do some Africans reject Christian Churches?
[A] They feel Christianity is dull.
[B] They reject Christian Churches as Western or non-African.
[C] They are susceptible.
[D] They are dangerous persons.

5.　　　 How could so many killing have been carried out without drawing attention?
[A] The cult acted secretly.
[B] The government officials did not see through its dangerous nature.
[C] There were no preventive measures.
[D] People were frightened.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 beget　　　　　　　　　　　产生，引起，招致

2.　　　 cult　　　　　　　　　　　　祭礼，狂烈的崇拜（者），迷信，邪教

3.　　　 compound　　　　　　　　　　 院子，场地

4.　　　 strangle　　　　　　　　　扼死，闷死

5.　　　 carnage　　　　　　　　　残杀，大屠杀，成堆的尸体

6.　　　 catechism　　　　　　　 教理问答

7.　　　 prophet　　　　　　　　　预言者，先知

8.　　　 on the run　　　　　　　 在逃

9.　　　 proliferation　　　　　　扩散，繁殖

10.　 indigenous　　　　　　　本土的，土生土张的

11.　 apocalypse　　　　　　　（基督教）启事（录）《圣经新约》

12.　 be susceptible　　　　 易受人影响

13.　 ravage　　　　　　　　　　蹂躏，劫掠

14.　 fatalism　　　　　　　　　宿命论

15.　 apocalyptic　　　　　　 预警的

16.　 icon　　　　　　　　　　　 （东正教）圣像

17.　 doomsday　　　　　　　 世界末日

18.　 Jerusalem　　　　　　　 耶路撒冷，喻：天堂

19.　 Kenya　　　　　　　　　　肯尼亚

20.　 Nairobi　　　　　　　　　 内罗毕，肯尼亚首都

21.　 mommy　　　　　　　　 嬷嬷＝mother

22.　 repent　　　　　　　　　　忏悔

23.　 Sikh　　　　　　　　　　　 锡克教（信徒）

24.　 defrock　　　　　　　　　免去…圣职的。这里指：免去圣职的牧师

25.　 sect　　　　　　　　　　　 宗教小组

26.　 pose　　　　　　　　　　　 提问

难句译注

1.　　　 …the Movement for the restoration of the Ten Commandments of God…
【结构简析】Ten commandments 十戒，是圣经中上帝再西奈山上给予摩西（犹太人的古代领袖）十大行为的神圣准则：

a)　　　　 have no other god.

b)　　　  Do not make or warship idols.

c)　　　  Do not take the word of the lord in vain.

d)　　　  Keep the Sabbath holy.

e)　　　　 Honor one’s father and mother.

f)　　　　 Do not kill.

g)　　　  Do not commit adultery.

h)　　　  Do not steal.

i)　　　　  Do not give false evidence.

j)　　　　  Do not covet another’s property or wife.

这十戒为犹太教、基督教的教条。

　　　 【参考译文】这是乌干达回复上帝十戒运动头目以上帝的名义在2000年屠杀了924名信徒。

2.　　　 the 1978 Jonestown mass suicide and killings by followers of American cult leader Jim Jones that claimed 913 lives.
这是指美国的一个邪教组织――人民圣殿教。1978年11月19日教徒在教主Jim Jones的蒙骗或胁迫下在圭亚那集体自杀或扼杀（或强制和下Kool-Aid）或遭袭击而死。人数高达913。此后Jones一词意为残忍的人。杀人的地点就成为Jonestown。

3.　　　 they are susceptible to any one who is able to tap into their insecurity.
【参考译文】他们易受任何人的影响，这些人能利用他们不安的情绪。

4.　　　 drew on features of Roman Catholicism.
【参考译文】利用罗马天主教义等特点。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 文章以因果写作方法，先提出各种邪教残害的人数，然后一一点出邪教兴起的原因：人民贫穷、艾滋病之猖獗，为宿命论提供了温床。加上邪教头目种种欺骗手段：如世界末日来临利用一些正教教义或以基督、圣母玛利亚的身份出现控制、麻木信徒，一旦欺骗手段暴露信徒就惨遭杀害。

答案详解

1.　　　 A 许多人由于要归还他们的财产而遭到杀害。答案见第二段倒数第二句，这一对邪教领袖曾预言世界将于1999年12月31日借宿――世界末日来临。结果并没有发生，追随者就要求归还他们在入教时献上的一切，而遭到有计划有步骤地杀害。
B. 他们发现邪教头目欺骗他们。这只是起因之一，如果发现后不吭声也许不会遭劫。C.他们对邪教失去了信任。D. 他们愿意去死。

2.　　　 A 贫穷。主要原因就是穷。答案见第四段。许多专家认为非洲之艰苦生活促使人民在邪教中寻找希望。这些邪教群体之兴起就是因为贫穷。人民没有支柱、保障，很容易受影响。任何人都可利用他们不安的情绪。其次艾滋病在东非之猖獗，培育出宿命论观点，从而帮助预示可怕事情即将来临的思想扎根于心灵。
B.不安全。C.艾滋病。D.宿命论。

3.　　　 C 她预言世界末日。
A.她预言世界将遭水淹。B.她预言世界将烧光。D.她预言她的追随者将死于信仰。

4.　　　 B 他们把基督教会视为西方的或非非洲的而拒之门外。见第五段：有些非洲人在把基督教会视作西方的或非非洲的而拒之门外后皈依邪教。
A.认为基督教非常沉闷单调。C.他们易受影响。D.他们是一伙危险人物。

5.　　　 A 邪教行动神秘。例：第一段中描述的好几百乌干达邪教组织成员死于初看好像是自杀性的火焰之中（自焚），在一个场院诱发现了153具尸体，在搜查邪教头目的房子中又发现了156具尸体，许多埋于房子的混凝土地板下面，还有好几十具从邪教成员家中挖出，其中有些人被毒死。其他，特别是孩子都是扼杀（窒息而死）。共计924人，至少有530人烧死在封闭的教堂里。倒数第三段，乌干达世界末日邪教一个头目――免去圣职的牧师，据说80年代中他研究神学，他告诉邻居他在家挖一个地窖放冰箱。现在警察发现地板下81具尸体，附近一场地74具尸体。上述两例都是神秘杀害，至于要归还财产之人更遭神秘杀害了。
B.政府官员没有看出邪教的危险性（原因之一）。C.没有防范措施。D.人民害怕。

Passage Six (Equality of opportunity in the twentieth Century Has Not Destroyed the Class System)

　　　 These days we hear a lot of nonsense about the ‘great classless society’. The idea that the twentieth century is the age of the common man has become one of the great clichés of our time. The same old arguments are put forward in evidence. Here are some of them: monarchy as a system of government has been completely discredited. The monarchies that survive have been deprived of all political power. Inherited wealth has been savagely reduced by taxation and, in time, the great fortunes will disappear altogether. In a number of countries the victory has been complete. The people rule; the great millennium has become a political reality. But has it? Close examination doesn’t bear out the claim.

　　　 It is a fallacy to suppose that all men are equal and that society will be leveled out if you provide everybody with the same educational opportunities. (It is debatable whether you can ever provide everyone with the same educational opportunities, but that is another question.) The fact is that nature dispenses brains and ability with a total disregard for the principle of equality. The old rules of the jungle, ‘survival of the fittest’, and ‘might is right’ are still with us. The spread of education has destroyed the old class system and created a new one. Rewards are based on merit. For ‘aristocracy’ read ‘meritocracy’; in other respects, society remains unaltered: the class system is rigidly maintained.

　　　 Genuine ability, animal cunning, skill, the knack of seizing opportunities, all bring material rewards. And what is the first thing people do when they become rich? They use their wealth to secure the best possible opportunities for their children, to give them ‘a good start in life’. For all the lip service we pay to the idea of equality, we do not consider this wrong in the western world. Private schools which offer unfair advantages over state schools are not banned because one of the principles in a democracy is that people should be free to choose how they will educate their children. In this way, the new meritocracy can perpetuate itself to a certain extent: an able child from a wealthy home can succeed far more rapidly than his poorer counterpart. Wealth is also used indiscriminately to further political ends. It would be almost impossible to become the leader of a democracy without massive financial backing. Money is as powerful a weapon as ever it was.

　　　 In societies wholly dedicated to the principle of social equality, privileged private education is forbidden. But even here people are rewarded according to their abilities. In fact, so great is the need for skilled workers that the least able may be neglected. Bright children are carefully and expensively trained to become future rulers. In the end, all political ideologies boil down to the same thing: class divisions persist whether you are ruled by a feudal king or an educated peasant.

1.　　　 What is the main idea of this passage?
[A] Equality of opportunity in the twentieth century has not destroyed the class system.
[B] Equality means money.
[C] There is no such society as classless society.
[D] Nature can’t give you a classless society.

2.　　　 According to the author, the same educational opportunities can’t get rid of inequality because
[A] the principle ‘survival of the fittest’ exists.
[B] Nature ignores equality in dispensing brains and ability.
[C] Material rewards are for genuine ability.
[D] People have the freedom how to educate their children.

3.　　　 Who can obtain more rapid success
[A] those with wealth.
[B] Those with the best brains.
[C] Those with the best opportunities.
[D] Those who have the ability to catch at opportunities.

4.　　　 Why does the author say the new meritocracy can perpetuate itself to a certain extent? Because
[A] money decides everything.
[B] Private schools offer advantages over state schools.
[C] People are free to choose the way of educating their children.
[D] Wealth is used for political ends.

5.　　　 According to the author, ‘class divisions’ refers to
[A] the rich and the poor.
[B] Different opportunities for people.
[C] Oppressor and the oppressed.
[D] Genius and stupidity.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 discredit　　　　　　　　 损害，破坏，败坏（某人的名声），不可信

2.　　　 monarch　　　　　　　　 国王，女皇，君主政体

3.　　　 millennium　　　　　　　千年
　the millennium　千僖年

4.　　　 bear out　　　　　　　　　证实

5.　　　 level out　　　　　　　　 （升跌之后）呈平稳状态

6.　　　 meritocracy　　　　　　英才管理，英才教育，能人统治

7.　　　 knack　　　　　　　　　　 技巧，诀窍

8.　　　 perpetuate　　　　　　　 使永久，永存或持续

9.　　　 indiscriminate　　　　　不加鉴别的，不加分析的，任意的

10.　 boil down 　　　　　　 归结为……

难句译注

1.　　　 Close examination doesn’t bear out the claim.
【参考译文】深入探索证实此断言不确。（也就是说太平盛世并没有成为政治现实）。

2.　　　 might is right
谚语：强权即公理。

3.　　　 For all the lip service we pay to the idea of equality, we do not consider this wrong in the western world.
【结构简析】lip-service口惠而实不至。EX: He pays lip-service to feminism but his wife still does all the housework.他口口声声说支持女权主义，但全部家务仍是他妻子的事。
【参考译文】我们口口声声赞扬平等思想，我们在西方世界中并不认为这一思想事错误的。

4.　　　 In the end, all political ideologies boil down to the same thing: class divisions persist whether you are ruled by a feudal king or an educated person.
【参考译文】最终，一切政治意识，都归结为一件事：不论你是由封建国王统治还是英才统治，阶级区分依然存在。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 这是一篇对“无阶级社会和人人平等”论点的驳斥文章。作者从四个方面进行论述。1、天赋的才能和智慧与平等原则无关。2、“适者生存，强权即公理”依然存在。3、人获得的报酬是取决于人的才能而不是平等。4、金钱的作用，它不仅可以培育有能力的人，还是政治的后盾。只有金钱加能力是成功的关键。所以所谓平等不存在，更没有无阶级的社会。

答案详解

1.　　　 A 二十世纪平等的机遇并没有摧毁阶级。文章一开始就对无阶级社会的论点进行了反驳：有人认为君主整体已完全摧毁，幸存下来的王公贵族已经被剥夺了一切政治权力，继承的财产为税收大幅度的削减，到时候，巨大的财富将消失殆尽，在许多国家中，已全面胜利，人民进行统治，伟大的太平盛世已成为政治显示。作者认为：深入检查证实这一断言不实。第二段提出了即使人人都获同样的受教育的机会，可人的天然智慧和能力与平等原则无关，适者生存，强权即公理依然存在。教育的普及摧毁了老的阶级体制，却创造新的，报酬是机遇才干成就。贵族统治就是英才统治，可在其他方面，社会依然，阶级确实存在。后面两段集中论述了金钱的作用。
B.金钱意味着平等是错误的。C.不存在无阶级社会。内容是对的，但不是本文的主题思想。D.自然界不会赋予你一个无阶级社会。

2.　　　 B 自然界在分赋人智慧和能力是不会顾及平等。
A.适者生存的原则存在。根据这一原则无智慧和能力者难以生存于社会。C.物质报偿是根据人的真正能力。D.人们有自由选择如何教育自己的孩子。这三项都基于一点――人的智慧和能力。有智慧能力才能生存，才能获报偿，这已经是不平等，即使获同样的受教育的机会，也不可能铲除不平等。

3.　　　 A 有钱的人。第三段一开始就点明：真正的能力、动物般机敏狡猾、技能、善抓机会的诀窍，这一切都带来物质报偿。有了钱的人首要作的事情就是给孩子最佳教育机会，而私人学校教育优于公立学校，人们又有自由选择如何教育自己的孩子。在这个意义上，英才教育在某种程度上是永存的。一个来自富有家庭的有能力的孩子要比其对立面获得成功要快得多得多。
B.具有很高智慧的人，若没有钱是难以成功的。第三段的最后一句话也点明这一点，金钱同从前一样是强有力的武器。文章最后一段即使在完全遵循社会平等原则的社会里，禁止特权的私人教育，人们也是按能力获报酬。小心翼翼而又耗费巨大地把聪明的孩子培养成未来的统治者。C.具有最佳机遇的人。D.是B和C的结合。

4.　　　 A金钱决定一切。新的英才教育在一定程度上永存。没有钱，上不起私立学校，谈不上机会，更不用说英才教育。有了钱才能为孩子创造机会。
B.私立学校提供的优越性高于公立学校。C.人们有自由选择教育孩子的方式方法。D.财富用于政治目的。第三段最后三句话：“财富也可以不加区别地用于更远的政治目的。没有强大的财政作后盾，成为民主国家的元首几乎是不可能。金钱和过去一样是强有力的武器，这也说明了金钱的力量，决定一切。”

5.　　　 A 富人和穷人。纵然作者提及，同样的教育机会也不可能铲除不平等，因为上天赋予人之智慧是不可能考虑平等原则，可是作者也提到适者生存、强权即公理。贵族政治可读成英才教育。这已说明英才指的是贵族的英才。第四段进一步指出有钱的人首先要做的就是给子女一个良好的教育机会。而私立学校的教育质量优于公立学校。有钱人家的有能力的孩子成功机遇就高。财产还可用于政治目的，要成为民主国家的领袖就得有雄厚的财力支持。钱财和过去一样强有力。即使在以社会平等为原则的社会中，私立学校被禁，酬劳还是以人的能力为准，大量需要有技能的工作人员，而差劲的人没有人关注。天才的孩子予以仔细而又及其昂贵的培养以成为未来的统治者。
总之，政治意识归结为同一个东西――阶级划分存在，不论你是为封建帝王统治，还是为受过教育的农民统治，从这里看，作者的class division指的是A项。
B.人们不同的机遇。C.压迫者和被压迫者。D.天才和笨蛋。

Passage Seven (The Most Important of All Human Qualities is a Sense of Humor)

Biologically, there is only one quality which distinguishes us from animals: the ability to laugh. In a universe which appears to be utterly devoid of humor, we enjoy this supreme luxury. And it is a luxury, for unlike any other bodily process, laughter does not seem to serve a biologically useful purpose. In a divide world, laughter is a unifying force. Human beings oppose each other on a great many issues. Nations may disagree about systems of government and human relations may be plagued by ideological factions and political camps, but we all share the ability to laugh. And laughter, in turn, depends on that most complex and subtle of all human qualities: a sense of humor Certain comic stereotypes have a universal appeal. This can best be seen from the world-wide popularity of Charlie Chaplin’s early films. The little man at odds with society never fails to amuse no matter which country we come from. As that great commentator on human affairs, Dr. Samuel Johnson, once remarked, ‘Men have been wise in very different modes; but they have always laughed in the same way.’

　　　 A sense of humor may take various forms and laughter may be anything from a refined tingle to an earth quaking roar, but the effect is always the same. Humor helps us to maintain a correct sense of values. It is the one quality which political fanatics appear to lack. If we can see the funny side, we never make the mistake of taking ourselves too seriously. We are always reminded that tragedy is not really far removed from comedy, so we never get a lop sided view of things.

　　　 This is one of the chief functions of satire and irony. Human pain and suffering are so grim; we hover so often on the brink of war; political realities are usually enough to plunge us into total despair. In such circumstances, cartoons and satirical accounts of somber political events redress the balance. They take the wind out of pompous and arrogant politicians who have lost their sense of proportion. They enable us to see that many of our most profound actions are merely comic or absurd. We laugh when a great satirist like Swift writes about war in Gulliver’s Travels.　The Lilliputians and their neighbors attack each other because they can’t agree which end to break an egg. We laugh because we meant to laugh; but we are meant to weep too. It is too powerful a weapon to be allowed to flourish.

　　　 The sense of humor must be singled out as man’s most important quality because it is associated with laughter. And laughter, in turn, is associated with happiness. Courage, determination, initiative – these are qualities we share with other forms of life. But the sense of humor is uniquely human. If happiness is one of the great goals of life, then it is the sense of humor that provides the key.

1.　　　 The most important of all human qualities is
[A] a sense of humor.
[B] A sense of satire.
[C] A sense of laughter.
[D] A sense of history.

2.　　　 The author mentions about Charlie Chaplin’s early films because
[A] they can amuse people.
[B] Human beings are different from animals.
[C] They show that certain comic stereotypes have a universal appeal.
[D] They show that people have the same ability to laugh.

3.　　　 One of the chief functions of irony and satire is
[A] to show absurdity of actions.
[B] to redress balance.
[C] to take the wind out of politicians.
[D] to show too much grimness in the world.

4.　　　 What do we learn from the sentence ‘it is too powerful a weapon to be allowed to flourish in totalitarian regimes?’
[A] It can reveal the truth of political events with satire.
[B] It can arouse people to riot.
[C] It shows tragedy and comedy are related.
[D] It can make people laugh.

5.　　　  Who is Swift?
[A] A novelist.
[B] A poet.
[C] A dramatist.
[D] A essayist.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 devoid　　　　　　　　　　没有，缺乏

2.　　　 plague　　　　　　　　　　n.瘟疫，惹人烦恼的人和事v.给……造成麻烦，痛苦，困难

3.　　　 faction　　　　　　　　　 派别

4.　　　 comic stereotype　　 可笑/滑稽的模式

5.　　　 commentator　　　　　（集注）作者，评论员，解说员

6.　　　 tinkle　　　　　　　　　　　n.一连串的丁零声，电话声，v.使发出丁零声

7.　　　 fanatic　　　　　　　　　　狂热者（尤指宗教、政治的狂热）

8.　　　 lop-sided　　　　　　　　不均匀的

9.　　　 hover　　　　　　　　　　　　　　翱翔，盘旋；彷徨

10.　 somber　　　　　　　　　 低沉的，暗淡的，严峻的

11.　 redress　　　　　　　　　 纠正，补偿

12.　 pompous　　　　　　　　自大的，浮夸的

13.　 arrogant　　　　　　　　 傲慢的

14.　 proportion　　　　　　　　　　 均衡，匀称，平衡，比例

15.　 Lilliputian　　　　　　　　微型的，极小的，源自《格列佛游记》中的小人国里的人

16.　 totalitarian　　　　极权主义的

17.　 regime　　　　　　　　　　政体，政权，统治方式或制度

难句译注

1．　In a divided world, laughter is a unifying force.
【参考译文】在分裂的世界中，笑是一种促成一致（团结）的力量。

2．　Human relations may be plagued by ideological factions and political camps,
【参考译文】人际关系可能因思想意识派别和政治阵营的不同而受侵扰。

3．　Certain comic stereotypes have a universal appeal.
【参考译文】某些滑稽的模式具有全球性的效果。

4．　Charlie Chaplin查理·卓别林1889-1977，英国讽刺滑稽剧及电影演员，导演及制片人。

5．　At odds with society和社会格格不入。

6．　Dr. Samuel Johnson撒缪尔·约翰生，1709-1784，英国辞典编撰者及作家。

7．　A sense of humor may take various forms and laughter may be anything from a refined tinkle to an earth quaking roar.
【参考译文】幽默感表现的方式多种多样，笑也许是银铃般优雅轻笑，也许是震耳欲聋的放声大笑。

8．　If we can see the funny side, we never make the mistake of taking ourselves too seriously.
【参考译文】如果我们能见到可笑的一面，我们就不会犯这种错误：对自己看得过重（自以为了不起）。

9．　We are always reminded that tragedy is not really far removed from comedy, so we never get a lop-sided view of things.
【参考译文】我们会经常提醒自己祸兮福所伏（悲剧离喜剧实际并不遥远），那我们决不会偏执一词地看事物。

10．　Take the wind out of sb’s sails使某人气馁或泄气。

11．　Swift Jonathan swift乔纳森·思维福特1667-1745，英国作家，生于都柏林，曾获牛津大学硕士，三一学院神学博士学位，1688年到英国，后加入英国国教会。他同情英国统治下的爱尔兰人民，积极参加他们为争取自由和民族独立的斗争。他以政治讽刺文著世，其文笔犀利、讽刺尖锐、文章推理严密，用词简洁、语言朴实清晰，被认为是英语的典范，《格列佛游记》是他的代表作之一。

12．　We laugh because we are meant to laugh; but we are meant to weep too.
【结构简析】mean to do是打算或注定要…，一般用于被动。
【参考译文】我们笑是因为想笑，可是我们也想哭。是指小人国和邻国仅仅为打鸡蛋一类小事而打仗可笑，确实也是可悲。作者结合现实指出是人类悲剧之所在。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 文章以部部深入，一般到具体的写作手法论及笑是人类特有的功能。

　　　 形式多种、效果一样。天下人有各种观点、制度、人际关系，对滑稽的东西都会报之以笑――一种一致的力量。

　　　 笑基于幽默感，有了它，人们会乐观、愉快、轻松，不偏不倚地对待一切，悲剧中寓以喜剧，幽默感又是人类开启幸福之门的钥匙。

　　　 论及的同时作者佐以例子，卓别林的早期电影，《格列佛游记》中的小人国战争等。

答案详解

1.　　　 A 幽默感。文章一开始就提出人类有别于动物是人有笑的功能，世界纷争繁杂、人际关系因意识观点差异而对峙，国家制度不一，但人们都能笑。笑基于人类最复杂而又微妙的品质――幽默感。反过来说没有幽默感的人恐怕难以笑。第二段正式指出：幽默感表现形式多种多样，而笑可由微笑到狂笑种种，但其效果相同，幽默感有助于我们保持正确的价值观。这是政治狂热者所缺乏的特征。如果我们能看见滑稽可笑的一面，我们就不会犯过于看重自己的错误。我们总会记得悲剧离喜剧不愿，因此，我们不会有偏重某一测的观点。第四段画龙点睛的指出幽默是人类最重要的特征，因为它和笑声结合在一起。而笑又是和幸福联系在一起。勇气、决心、创造力特征，我们和其他生命形式共享，而幽默感是人类所独有的。如果幸福是我们生活的伟大目标，那幽默感就是开启幸福的钥匙。
B.讽刺感。这是第三段讲的内容，讽刺的功能，但不是人类最重要的特征。C.笑感。D.历史观点。

2.　　　 C 作者提卓别林的电影的目的是证明某些喜剧模式对全世界都有吸引力。
A.它可以取悦任何人。B.人类和动物不同。D.证明人有同样笑的功能。

3.　　　 B使各种事情重新相等和均衡。第三段着重讲了这一点。人类在痛苦中挣扎，常处于战争的边缘。政治实现令人绝望，在这种处境中，对某些政治事物的讽刺挖苦和漫画可以使各种心理重新平衡，可使失去均衡感的政客地下高傲头颅；可使我看见许多深邃的事情荒谬可笑。
A.表现行为的荒唐。C.使政治家气馁。D.表现世界上太多的令人沮丧之事。

4.　　　 A它可以以讽刺的手法解释政治时间的真相。
B.这可促使人民暴动。C.它表示了悲剧和喜剧相联系。D.它能使人哭。

5.　　　 A小说家。
B.诗人。C.戏剧家。D.散文家。

Passage Eight (The Improving Economic Situation In Greece)

　　　 Greece, economically, is in the black. With very little to export other than such farm products as tobacco, cotton and fruit, the country earns enough from ‘invisible earnings’ to pay for its needed, growing imports. From the sending out of things the Greeks, earn only $285 million; from tourism, shipping and the remittances of Greeks abroad, the country takes in an additional #375 million and this washes out the almost $400 million by which imports exceed exports.

　　　 It has a balanced budget. Although more than one drachma out of four goes for defense, the government ended a recent year with a slight surplus -- $66 million. Greece has a decent reserve of almost a third of a billion dollars in gold and foreign exchange. It has a government not dependent on coalescing incompatible parties to obtain parliamentary majorities.

　　　 In thus summarizing a few happy highlights, I don’t mean to minimize the vast extent of Greece’s problems. It is the poorest country by a wide margin in Free Europe, and poverty is widespread. At best an annual income of $60 to $70 is the lot of many a peasant, and substantial unemployment plagues the countryside, cities, and towns of Greece. There are few natural resources on which to build any substantial industrial base. Some years ago I wrote here:

　　　 “Greek statesmanship will have to create an atmosphere in which home and foreign savings will willingly seek investment opportunities in the back ward economy of Greece. So far, most American and other foreign attempt have bogged down in the Greek government’s red tape and shrewdness about small points.”

　　　 Great strides have been made. As far back as 1956, expanding tourism seemed a logical way to bring needed foreign currencies and additional jobs to Greece. At that time I talked with the Hilton Hotel people, who had been examining hotel possibilities, and to the Greek government division responsible for this area of the economy. They were hopelessly deadlocked in almost total differences of opinion and outlook.

　　　 Today most of the incredibly varied, beautiful, historical sights of Greece have new, if in many cases modest, tourist facilities. Tourism itself has jumped from approximately $31 million to over $90 million. There is both a magnificent new Hilton Hotel in Athens and a completely modernized, greatly expanded Grande Bretagne, as well as other first-rate new hotels. And the advent of jets has made Athens as accessible as Paris or Rome – without the sky-high prices of traffic-choked streets of either.

1.　　　 The title below that best expresses the ideas of this passage is
[A] Greek income and expenditures.
[B] The improving economic situation in Greece.
[C] The value of tourism.
[D] Military expenditures.

2.　　　 Many peasants earn less than
[A] $60 a week.
[B] $2 a week.
[C] $1 a day.
[D] $10 a month.

3.　　　 The Greek Government spends
[A] more than 25%of its budget on military terms.
[B] More than its collects.
[C] A third of a billion dollars in gold.
[D] Less than 25% of its budget on military terms.

4.　　　 According to the passage, Greece has
[A] a dictatorship.
[B] a monarchy.
[C] a single majority party.
[D] too much red tape.

5.　　　 Greece imports annually goods and materials
[A] totaling almost $700 million.
[B] that balance exports.
[C] that are paid by tourists.
[D] costing $66 million.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 remittance　　　　　　　　　　 汇款（额）

2.　　　 wash out　　　　　　　　洗掉，取消、告吹、冲掉、筋疲力尽

3.　　　 drachma　　　　　　　　 古希腊银币　 德拉克马（现代希腊货币单位）

4.　　　 lot　　　　　　　　　　　　　份额

5.　　　 incompatible　　　　　 水火不相容的，不能共存的

6.　　　 coalesce　　　　　　　　 （政党）联合，愈合，接合

7.　　　 highlight　　　　　　　　 光线最强处，最重要部分，最精彩场面

8.　　　 margin　　　　　　　　　 （成本和售价的）差额，空白，边缘

9.　　　 bog down　　　　　　　 陷于困境，使停顿

10.　 red tape　　　　　　　　　官样文章，烦琐和拖拉的公务程序

11.　 shrewdness　　　　　　清明，机灵

12.　 deadlock　　　　　　　　 僵局，僵持；使陷于僵局

难句译注

1.　　　 Greece, economically is in the black.
【参考译文】希腊经济上说是赢利/富裕的

2.　　　 With very little export other than such farm products as tobacco, cotton and fruit, the country earns enough from invisible earnings to pay its needed, growing imports.
【参考译文】除了农产品，如烟草、棉花和水果之外，希腊没有什么出口货，但它从“无形的收益”中挣不少，足够致富所需的一切――日益增长的进口货。

3.　　　 This washes out almost $400 million by which imports exceed exports.
【参考译文】这笔钱冲掉了进口超过出口近4亿美元的差额。

4.　　　 So far most American and other foreign attempts have bogged down in the Greek government’s red tape and shrewdness about small points.
【参考译文】到目前为止由于希腊政府那种繁琐而又拖拉的公务程序和对小事的精明，大多数美国和其他国家的尝试的工作都陷入困境。

5.　　　 They were hopelessly deadlocked in almost total differences of opinion and outlook.
【参考译文】他们绝望地陷于意见和观点完全分歧的僵局之中。

6.　　　 And the advent of jets has made Athens as accessible as Paris and Rome – without the sky-high prices of traffic chocked streets of either.
【参考译文】喷气式飞机的发展使雅典和巴黎、罗马一样很容易到达，却没有那两个城市的交通堵塞的接到的高昂代价。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 这是一篇以过去和现在对比的手法，论述了希腊经济，主要是旅游业的发展。过去，希腊以无形资产赢得之利润，来消除赤字，还可稍有节余。但贫穷、事业情况严重，政府办事拖拉、繁琐也影响国外的投资，虽然早在1956年就准备扩展旅游业，但意见分歧。现在，情况大变，就旅游一项年收入由3100万增至9000万美元。

答案详解

1.　　　 B 希腊经济形式的改善。文章围绕这一中心而写。文章一开始就提出希腊出口除了农产品之外，没有什么东西，而无形资产如旅游、运输和国外的汇款等可挣得37500万美元。两项加在一起来抵消入超赤字近4亿美元，稍有结余。第三段指出，希腊是自由欧洲最穷的国家，许多农民年收入为60－70美元。失业现象席卷城市乡镇，建立工业基地的自然资源极少。政府的繁琐事务程序，关注琐事等情况使美国和其他国家试图展开工作陷于停滞状态。第四段开始指出1956年起开拓旅游业，不过意见还是分歧。第五断提出今天惊人的变化，美丽的历史古城呈现新貌，就旅游一项收入由3100万增至9000万美元。旅馆面貌大变。
A.希腊的收支。C.旅游的价值。D.军事费用。

2.　　　 B少于2美元一星期。文章第三段第三句：最佳情况，年收入为60－70美元使大多数农民的份额。所以B项最接近年收入。
A.60美元一星期。C.一天一美元。D.一个月10美元。

3.　　　 A 百分之25以上用于军事。第二段：虽然四个德拉克马中有一个用于国防，政府最终还稍有结余――6600万美元。
B.比收入的还多。C.十亿金子中的三分之一。D.少于百分之25。

4.　　　 C单一大党。第二段：希腊的政府不依靠水火不相容的政党之间的合作来取得一会的多数席位，这说明是单一大党。
A.独裁、专政。B.君主政体。D.太多的繁琐程序。

5.　　　 A总计几乎在7亿美元左右。第一段中提到希腊出口商品价值28500万美元，而进口超出出口4亿美元。两者相加为6亿2千5百万美元，相当于几乎在7亿美元左右。
B.和出口平衡。C.由旅游者支付。D.花费6600万美元。

Passage Nine (The Program-Federal Government Helps Minority Business)

　　　 Federal efforts to aid minority businesses began in the 1960’s when the Small Business Administration (SBA) began making federally guaranteed loans and government-sponsored management and technical assistance available to minority business enterprises. While this program enabled many minority entrepreneurs to form new businesses, the results were disappointing, since managerial inexperience, unfavorable locations, and capital shortages led to high failure rates. Even 15 years after the program was implemented, minority business receipts were not quite two percent of the national economy’s total receipts.

　　　 Recently federal policymakers have adopted an approach intended to accelerate development of the minority business sector by moving away from directly aiding small minority enterprises and toward supporting large, growth-oriented minority firms through intermediary companies. In this approach, large corporations participate in the development of successful and stable minority businesses by making use of government-sponsored venture capital. The capital is used by a participating company to establish a Minority Enterprise Small Businesses that have potential to become future suppliers of customers of the sponsoring company.

　　　 MESBIC’s are the result of the belief that providing established firms with easier access to relevant management techniques and more job-specific experience, as well as substantial amounts of capital, gives those firms a greater opportunity to develop sound business foundations than does simply making general management experience and small amounts of capital available. Further, since potential markets for the minority businesses already exist through the sponsoring companies, the minority businesses face considerably less risk in terms of location and market fluctuation. Following early financial and operating problems, sponsoring corporations began to capitalize MESBIC’s far above the legal minimum of $500,000 in order to generate sufficient income and to sustain the quality of management needed. MESBIC’s are now emerging as increasingly important financing sources for minority enterprises.

　　　 Ironically, MESBIC staffs, which usually consist of Hispanic and Black professionals, tend to approach investments in minority firms more pragmatically than do many MESBIC directors, who are usually senior managers from sponsoring corporations. The latter often still think mainly in terms of the ‘social responsibility approach’ and thus seem to prefer deals that are riskier and less attractive than normal investment criteria would warrant. Such differences in viewpoint have produced uneasiness among many minority staff members, who feel that minority entrepreneurs and businesses should be judged by established business considerations. These staff members believe their point of view is closer to the original philosophy of MESBIC’s and they are concerned that, unless a more prudent course if followed, MESBIC directors may revert to policies likely to re-create the disappointing results of the original SBA approach.

1.　　　 Which of the following best states the central idea of the passage?
[A] The use of MESBIC’s for aiding minority entrepreneurs seems to have greater potential for success than does the original SBA approach.
[B] There is a crucial difference in point of view between the staff and directors of some MESBIC’s.
[C] After initial problems with management and marketing, minority businesses have begun to expand at a steady rate.
[D] Minority entrepreneurs wishing to form new businesses now have several equally successful federal programs on which to rely.

2.　　　 According to the passage, the MESBIC approach differ s from the SBA approach in that MESBIC’s
[A] seek federal contracts to provide market for minority businesses.
[B] Encourage minority businesses to provide markets for other minority businesses.
[C] Attempt to maintain a specified rate of growth in the minority business sector.
[D] Rely on the participation of large corporations to finance minority businesses.

3.　　　 Which of the following statements about the SBA program can be inferred from the passage?
[A] The maximum term for loans made to recipient businesses was 15 years.
[B] Business loans were considered to be more useful to recipient businesses than was management and technical assistance.
[C] The anticipated failure rate for recipient businesses was significantly lower than the rate that actually resulted.
[D] Recipient businesses were encouraged to relocate to areas more favorable for business development.

4.　　　 The author refers to the ‘financial and operating problems’ encountered by MESBIC’s primarily in order to
[A] broaden the scope of the discussion to include the legal considerations of funding MESBIC’s through sponsoring companies.
[B] call attention to the fact that MESBIC’s must receive adequate funding in order to function effectively.
[C] show that sponsoring companies were willing to invest only $500,000 of government-sponsored venture capital in the original MESBIC’s.
[D] Compare SBA and MESBIC limits on minimum funding.

5.　　　 It can be inferred from the passage that the attitude of some MESBIC staff member toward the investments preferred by some MESBIC directors can be best described as
[A] disappointing.
[B] Indifferent.
[C] Shocked.
[D] Defensive.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 implement　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 执行，履行

2.　　　 growth-oriented　　　　　　　　　　增长潜力的，有发展性的

3.　　　 intermediary company　　　　　　中介公司，中间公司

4.　　　 venture capital　　　　　　　　　　　 风险资本

5.　　　 entrepreneur　　　　　　　　　　　　 企业家，创业者

6.　　　 fluctuation　　　　　　　　　　　　　　波动，涨落，起伏

7.　　　 pragmatically　　　　　　　　　　　　实用地

难句译注

1.　　　 Even 15 years after the program was implemented minority business receipts were not quite two percent of the national economy’s total receipts.
【参考译文】甚至在这个计划执行后15年，少数民族工业的收入还不到全国总收入的2％。

2.　　　 Recently federal policy makers have adopted an approach intended to accelerate development of the supporting large, growth oriented minority firms through intermediary companies.
【参考译文】最近，联邦决策者采取一项措施，旨在加速少数民族工商业的发展，他们不再直接帮助小型的少数民族企业，而是转向通过中间公司来支持规模较大、有发展潜力的少数民族公司。

3.　　　 By making use of government-sponsored venture capital.
利用政府资助的风险资本。

4.　　　 The MESBIC then provides capital and guidance to minority businesses that have potential to become future suppliers or customers of the sponsoring company.
【参考译文】然后再由MESBIC向那些少数民族企业提供资金、进行指导。这些企业是有成为赞助公司的未来供应商或客户的潜力的。

5.　　　 MESBIC – minority enterprise small business investment company
少数民族小型企业投资公司。

6.　　　 MESBIC’s are the result of the belief that providing established firms with easier access to relevant management techniques and more job-specific experience, as well as substantial amounts of capital, gives those firms a greater opportunity to develop sound business foundations than does simply making general management experience and small amounts of capital available.
【参考译文】MESBIC的建立基于这种信念：为已建公司提供方便，使它更容易获得相关的管理技术更具体的工作经验以及大笔资金要比简单地给予一般管理经验和小笔资金更能使它们获得机会去建立稳固的商业基础。

7.　　　 The latter often still think mainly in terms of the ‘social responsibility approach’ and thus seem to prefer deals that are riskier and less attractive than normal investment criteria would warrant.
【参考译文】后者――高级经理们――在有大多数情况下，仍然常常从“社会责任的角度”来考虑问题，因此，他们似乎更倾向于选择那些比正常投资标准更具风险性，而不太引人注目的项目。

写作方法与文章大意

　　　 文章主要采用因果以及对比的写作方法。先点出SBA计划――联邦政府对少数民族去也的赞助（）的失败及其原因。
　　　 为此，联邦决策者改变方法，通过中介公司，建立MESBIC。由它来帮助少数民族企业――使其获得相应的管理技术、具体工作经验和大量资金，甚至潜在的市场――取得了成功。

　　　 可内部存在问题，MESBIC的职工和领导者之间的意见分歧，职工的投资观点更切实际，而领导者仍从“社会责任的角度”来考虑问题，若不改变，有可能重蹈SBA之覆辙。

答案详解

1.　　　 A 运用MESBIC来帮助少数民族企业似乎比原来SBA的方法更具成功的可能性。文章一开始就点名SBA（小型企业管理局）向少数民族企业提供联邦保证贷款，政府资助管理和技术方面的帮助，结果令人失望。组建成的少数民族新企业由于管理上缺乏经验、地点不佳、资金短缺而导致失败的情况很多。其他见难句译注1、2、3。总之在MESBIC支持下：为它的潜在市场提供大量资金等，使它们在地点和市场流通方面风险小的多，从而带来足够的收入和保持所需的管理质量。这一切都说明MESBIC比SBA的成功可能性大。
B.MESBIC中的领导者和职工方面在观点上有着至关重要的分歧。C.经历了早期管理和市场问题后，少数民族企业已开始稳步发展。D.希望组建新公司的少数民族企业家已有好几个成功的联邦计划可依靠。

2.　　　 D 依靠打工四向少数民族企业投资。见第二段第二句：大公司利用政府资助的风险资本参与成功而又稳固的少数民族企业的发展。参与的大公司用这笔资金建立了“少数民族小型企业投资公司”（MESBIC）
A.寻求为少数民族企业提供市场联邦合同。B.鼓励少数民族企业为其他少数民族企业提供市场。C.试图在少数民族部门保持特定的增长率。

3.　　　 C 预期加入SBA项目中的公司的失败率比实际失败率低得多。文内没有直接点出，而是从（见第一题注释）SBA帮助的企业失败率很高――令人失望，从而推断C项结论。
A.给企业贷款最高期限为15年。B.商业贷款对企业来说远笔管理和技术帮助重要。D.鼓励接受贷款企业重新寻找利于企业发展的地区。

4.　　　 B 为的是引人注意这一实际情况：MESBIC必须取得足够的资金才能有效地运转。这在第三段最后一句：在经历了早期财政和运行问题后，赞助公司给MESBIC注入的资金远远超过了50万美元的法定最低限额，以获得足够的收入并保持所需的管理质量。MESBIC现在正成为日益重要的少数民族企业的资金来源。这说明没有足够的资金是难以有效运转的。
A.扩大讨论范围以包括通过赞助公司投资MESBIC的合理性。C.表明赞助公司愿意在原来的MESBIC只投资50万政府资助的风险资本。D.对比SBA和MESBIC最低投资限额。

5.　　　 A 失望。文章最后一段MESBIC的职工――一般是拉美和黑人专业人员在少数民族公司的投资上比MEBSIC的领导者更切实际。这些高级经理从社会责任角度看问题，会选择更具风险性，不太吸引人的项目。观点分歧使许多少数民族职工感到不安，他们认为应以公司的业务爆出来评价少数民族企业家及其企业。者充分说明MEBSIC的职工对领导所青睐的投资项目不满意和失望。
B.漠不关心。C.震惊。D.持保留态度。

　　　　Passage Ten (The Importance of Independent Thinking)

No one can be a great thinker who does not realize that as a thinker it is her first duty to　 follow her intellect to whatever conclusions it may lead. Truth gains more even by the errors of one who with due study and preparation, thinks for himself, than by the true opinions of those who only hold them because they do not suffer themselves to think. No that it is solely, of chiefly, to form great thinkers that freedom of thinking is required. One the contrary, it is as much or even more indispensable to enable average human beings to attain the mental stature which they are capable of. There have been and many again be great individual thinkers in a general atmosphere of mental slavery. But there never has been, nor ever will be, in that atmosphere an intellectually active people. Where any of heterodox speculation was for a time suspended, where there is a tacit convention that principles are not to be disputed: where the discussion of the greatest questions which can occupy humanity is considered to be closed, we cannot hope to find that generally high scale of mental activity which has made some periods of history so remarkable. Never when controversy avoided the subjects which are large and important enough to kindle enthusiasm was the mind of a people stirred up fro9m its foundation and the impulse given which raised even persons of the most ordinary intellect to something of the dignity of thinking beings.

She who knows only her own side of the case knows little of that. Her reasons may be food, and no one may have been able to refute them. But if she s equally unable to refute the reasons of the opposite side; if she does not so much as know what they are, she has no ground for preferring either opinion. The rational position for her would be suspension of judgment, and unless she contents herself with that, she is either led by authority, or adopts, like the generality of the world the side to which she feels the most inclination. Nor is it enough that she should heat the arguments of adversaries from her own teachers, presented as they state them, and accompanied by what they offer as refutations, That is not the way to do justice to the arguments, or bring them into real contact with her own mind. She must be able to hear them form persons who actually believe them; who defend them in earnest, and do their very utmost for them. She must know them in their most plausible and persuasive form; she must feel the whole force of the difficulty which the true view of the subject has to encounter and dispose of; else she will never really possess herself of the portion of truth which meets and removes that difficulty. Ninety-nine in a hundred of what are called educated persons are in this condition; even of those who can argue fluently for their opinions. Their conclusion may be true, but it might be false for anything they know; they have never thrown themselves into the mental position of those who think differently form them and considered what such persons may have to say; and consequently they do not, in any proper sense of the word, know the doctrines which they themselves profess.

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　

1.　　　 The best title for this passage is

[A] The Age of Reason　　　　　  [B] The need for Independent Thinking

[C] The Value of Reason　　　　　 [D] Stirring People’s Minds

2.　　　 According to the author, it is always advisable to

[A] have opinions which cannot be refuted.

[B] adopt the point of view to which one feels the most inclination.

[C] be acquainted with the arguments favoring the point of view with which one disagrees,

[D] suspend heterodox speculation in favor of doctrinaire approaches.

3.　　　 According to the author, in a great period such as the Renaissance we may expect to find

[A] acceptance of truth　　　　　　  [B]　 controversy over principles　

[C] inordinate enthusiasm　　　　　  [D]　 a dread of heterodox speculation

4.　　　 According to the author, the person who holds orthodox beliefs without examination may be described in all of the following ways EXCEPT as

[A] enslaved by tradition　　　　　　 [B]　 less than fully rational

[C] determinded on controversy　　　  [D]　 having a closed mind

5.　　　 It can be inferred from the passage that the author would be most likely to agree with which of the following statements

[A] A truly great thinker makes no mistakes.

[B] Periods of intellectual achievement are periods of unorthodox reflection,

[C] The  refutation of accepted ideas can best be provided by one’s own teachers.

[D] excessive controversy prevents clear thinking,

Vocabulary

1.　stature　　　　　　　 高度，境界，状况

2.  heterodox　　　　　  不合乎公认的标准的，异端的，异教的

3.　tacit　　　　　　　　 心照不宣

4.　refute　　　　　　　  反驳

5.　adversary　　　　　　 对立面，对手，敌人

6.　plausible　　　　　　 善于花言巧语的/辞令的，似乎有理的/有可能的

7.　doctrine　　　　　　  教义，学说

8.　profess　　　　　　　 表示，明言，承认，自称，信奉

难句译注

1.　　　　　 True gains more even by the errors of one who with due study and preparation, thinks for himself, then by the true opinions of those who only hold them because they do not suffer themselves to think.

[参考译文]　真理甚至从一个经过恰当研究和准备进行独立思考的人的错误中获得更多的东西，而从那些只是因为不予思考却持有正确的观点中获得的少（一种经过恰当的研究和准备进行独立思考的人犯的错误，另一种人是不予思考的却持有正确的观点，真理从前者错误中获得的东西比从后者的正确观点中获得的要多）。

2.　 mental slavery　　 思想禁锢，精神受奴役状态

3.　　　  Never when controversy avoided the subjects which are large and important enough to　　 kindle enthusiasm was the mind of a people stirred up from its foundation and the impulse given which raised even persons of the most ordinary intellect to something of the dignity of thinking beings.

[结构简析]　这是一句以Never否定词开头的倒装句，正常的句序应把never放在句中，形成：the mind of people was never stirred up from its foundations

[参考译文]　当辩论比开重大课题，重大到足以燃起/激起人们激/热情的课题时，那么一个民族的思想绝不会从天赋的情感和原始的基础上升华，甚至使最普通智力的人上升到优点庄严的思想家水平上。

4.　　　 The rational position for her would be suspension of judgement, and unless she contents herself with that, she is either led by authority, or adopts, like the generality of the world, the side to which she feels the most inclination.

[参考译文]　对她来说理智的立场是停止判断，而且除非她满足于这一点，否则，她不是为权威人物的观点所左右，后者就像世界上芸芸众生一样，倒向她感觉最倾向的一边。

5.　　　 That is not the way to do justice to the arguments, or bring them into teal contact with her own mind.

[结构简析]　do justice to 公平对待，适当处理。 Bring……into contact with 　使和……接触／联系。

[参考译文]　 这不是对正确观点评价的方法，也不能使自己的思想真正接触到论点的实质。

6.　　　 She must know them in their most plausible and persuasive form; she must feel the whole force of the difficulty which the true view of the subject has to encounter and dispose of; else she will never really possess herself of the portion of truth which meets and removes that difficulty.

[结构简析]　 most plausible and persuasive form 很善于辞令和有说服力形式。　　possess oneself of  获得，据有，把……占为己有。　　them=arguments。　else　　否则的话。

7.　　　 Their conclusion may be true, but it might be false for anything they know; they have never thrown themselves into the mental position of those who think differently form them and considered what such persons may have to say; and consequently they do not, in any proper sense of the word, know the doctrines which they themselves profess.

[结构简析]　　throw oneself into…position　 设身处地，使自己处于……位置／地点。

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇由一般到具体，重要采用正反对比，推理的写作方法的文章，逻辑性强，正反论证，句子结构复杂冗长，分两段给出内容，第一段重点在：伟大的思想家的首要责任是奠定遵循自己智力所得出的结论。由此引起思想家和思想活跃的人民同时代环境的关系。只有思想后月的时期，才有伟大的思想家和活跃的人民，因为他们可以讨论重大主题，而在思想禁锢时期，只能产生个别伟大思想家。第二段具体的论证了独立思考涉及两方面，既如自己一方种种，也得知对手的一方种种（内容，推理，论点），才能真正获得真理。

答案详解

１.　　　  B 独立思考的必要性。见难句译注１。这里说明进行独立思考的人即使犯错误，真理也能从中获得东西，而那些懒于思考人，即使持有正确的观点，真理也难以获得东西。第一段还点明思想禁锢时期，即不能进行独立思考时期，难以讨论重大议题，产生不了活跃的人民，绝不会出现像辉煌的文艺复兴那种时期（见第二题注）。第二段也是围绕独立思考而写，只是从具体点着眼：人只知自己，不知对方无法获得真理，只有独立思考两方，才能不为权威所左右，不会跟着自己感觉走，最终知道自己的真正主张。

A. 理性时代。　　C.　驳斥的价值。　　D.　激发人民的思想。

２.　　　  C 熟悉有利于自己不同意／反对观点的论点。这是作者在第二段讲述的重要论点。他认为一个人只知自己一方，推理极好，无人能反驳，却不知对方的推理，也不能够予以反驳的话，他就无权选择两方的任一论点，其理智位置是停止判断。否则她就会（像世界上芸芸众生那样）不是为权威所“引导”，就是跟着感觉（的倾向）走。其二，作者提出：光听自己的老师讲述对立面的论点，以及他们所提出的反驳论点。只是不够的，必须倾听那些人（他们真正相信对立的观点）的论点，并为此积极热情，竭尽全力辩护，才能使自己的思想和独立论点接触，公正的作出公正的判断。

A. 具有不能驳斥的观点。　　B. 采取个人感觉最倾向的观点。 D. 停止有利于教条主义研究的异端思考。

３.　　　  B 辩论原则问题。答案在第一段：在思想禁锢的气氛中，过去，现在可能会产生个别的思想家，但绝不会有思想活跃的人民，在那里有一种心照不宣的惯律：原则决不能讨论——认为占据人类心灵的最重大问题的讨论应封闭，我们不能期望看到一般高级的思想活动。这种思想活动曾使历史上某些时期光辉灿烂。而文艺复兴就是思想活动的顶峰时期，必然会讨论原则问题，所以选B 。

A.　　  接受真理，周经过讨论才能接受真理。　C. 过度的热情。　D. 害怕异端思考。

４.　　　  C.　在辩论上，坚定不移。这是一道推断题，一般讲：持有未经检验的正统信仰的人不会独立思考，更不会怀疑他所信仰的东西。

A.　　  为传统所奴役。　B. 不怎么理智。　D. 头脑闭塞。这种人必然受传统思想控制，不理智更不愿接受外界新鲜事物。

５.　　　  B. 在思想方面取得成就的时期就是进行非正统反思的时期。见３题注释。

A.　一个真正的思想家不犯错误。　C. 一个人的老师最能提供所接受思想观点的反驳。　D. 过度的辩论会制止清晰的思考。

Passage Eleven (The Affect of Electricity on Cancer)

　Can electricity cause cancer? In a society that literally runs on electric power, the very idea seems preposterous. But for more than a decade, a growing band of scientists and journalists has pointed to studies that seem to link exposure to electromagnetic fields with increased risk of leukemia and other malignancies. The implications are unsettling, to say the least, since everyone comes into contact with such fields, which are generated by everything electrical, from power lines and antennas to personal computers and micro-wave ovens. Because evidence on the subject is inconclusive and often contradictory, it has been hard to decide whether concern about the health effects of electricity is legitimate—or the worst kind of paranoia.

　 Now the alarmists have gained some qualified support from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. In the executive summary of a new scientific review, released in draft form late last week, the EPA has put forward what amounts to the most serious government warning to date. The agency tentatively concludes that scientific evidence “suggests a casual link” between extremely low-frequency electromagnetic fields—those having very longwave-lengths—and leukemia, lymphoma and brain cancer, While the report falls short of classifying ELF fields as probable carcinogens, it does identify the common 60-hertz magnetic field as “a possible, but not proven, cause of cancer in humans.”

　 The report is no reason to panic—or even to lost sleep. If there is a cancer risk, it is a small one. The evidence is still so controversial that the draft stirred a great deal of debate within the Bush Administration, and the EPA released it over strong objections from the Pentagon and the Whit House. But now no one can deny that the issue must be taken seriously and that much more research is needed.

At the heart of the debate is a simple and well-understood physical phenomenon: When an electric current passes through a wire, tit generates an electromagnetic field that exerts forces on surrounding objects, For many years, scientists dismissed any suggestion that such forces might be harmful, primarily because they are so extraordinarily weak. The ELF magnetic field generated by a video terminal measures only a few milligauss, or about one-hundredth the strength of the earth’s own magnetic field, The electric fields surrounding a power line can be as high as 10 kilovolts per meter, but the corresponding field induced in human cells will be only about 1 millivolt per meter. This is far less than the electric fields that the cells themselves generate.

How could such minuscule forces pose a health danger? The consensus used to be that they could not, and for decades scientists concentrated on more powerful kinds of radiation, like X-rays, that pack sufficient wallop to knock electrons out of the molecules that make up the human body. Such “ionizing” radiations have been clearly linked to increased cancer risks and there are regulations to control emissions.

But epidemiological studies, which find statistical associations between sets of data, do not prove cause and effect. Though there is a body of laboratory work showing that exposure to ELF fields can have biological effects on animal tissues, a mechanism by which those effects could lead to cancerous growths has never been found.

The Pentagon is for from persuaded. In a blistering 33-page critique of the EPA report, Air Force scientists charge its authors with having “biased the entire document” toward proving a link. “Our reviewers are convinced that there is no suggestion that (electromagnetic fields) present in the environment induce or promote cancer,” the Air Force concludes. “It is astonishing that the EPA would lend its imprimatur on this report.” Then Pentagon’s concern is understandable. There is hardly a unit of the modern military that does not depend on the heavy use of some kind of electronic equipment, from huge ground-based radar towers to the defense systems built into every warship and plane.

1.　　　 The main idea of this passage is

[A]. studies on the cause of cancer　　　

[B]. controversial view-points in the cause of cancer

[C]. the relationship between electricity and cancer.

[D]. different ideas about the effect of electricity on caner.

2.　　　 The view-point of the EPA is

[A]. there is casual link between electricity and cancer.

[B]. electricity really affects cancer.

[C]. controversial.

[D].low frequency electromagnetic field is a possible cause of cancer

3.　　　 Why did the Pentagon and Whit House object to the release of the report? Because

[A]. it may stir a great deal of debate among the Bush Administration.

[B]. every unit of the modern military has depended on the heavy use of some kind of electronic equipment.

[C]. the Pentagon’s concern was understandable.

[D]. they had different arguments.

4.　　　 It can be inferred from physical phenomenon

[A]. the force of the electromagnetic field is too weak to be harmful.

[B]. the force of the electromagnetic field is weaker than the electric field that the cells generate.

[C]. electromagnetic field may affect health.

[D]. only more powerful radiation can knock electron out of human body.

5.　　　 What do you think ordinary citizens may do after reading the different arguments?

[A].They are indifferent.　　　　  [B]. They are worried very much.

[C]. The may exercise prudent avoidance.　　　 [C]. They are shocked.

Vocabulary

1.　preposterous　　　　 反常的，十分荒谬的，乖戾的

2.　leukemia　　　　　  白血病

3.　malignancy　　　　  恶性肿瘤

4.　legitimate　　　　　 合法的，合理的

5.　paranoia　　　　　  偏执狂，妄想狂。这里指：无根据的担心。

6.　lymphoma　　　　　 淋巴瘤

7.　carcinogen　　　　　 致癌物

8.　minuscule　　　　　  很小的，很不重要

9.　consensus　　 　　　 舆论

10.　wallop　　　　　　  乱窜，猛冲，冲击力

11.　epidemiological　　　 流行病学的

12.　blistering　　　　　  罗嗦的，胡扯的

13.　critique　　　　　　 评论，批评

14.　imprimatur　　　　　 出版许可（官方审查后的），批准

难句译注

1.　　　 Because evidence on the subject is inconclusive and often contradictory, it has been hard to decide whether concern about the health effects of electricity is legitimate—or the worst kind of paranoia.

[参考译文]　由于这问题的证据还不是结论性的，而且常常是矛盾的，所以就难以断定有关电力对身体的影响的顾虑是合乎情理，还是毫无根据的怀疑。

2.　EPA——U.S. Environmental Protection Agency　 美国环境保护署

3．　While the report falls short (缺乏，不够) of classifying ELF fields as probable carcinogens, it does identify the common 60-hertz magnetic field as “a possible, but not proven, cause of cancer in humans.”

[参考译文]　 虽然报告没有把极低频磁场归类为可能致癌物，但它确实指出通常60赫兹的磁场是“一种虽尚未证实，但可能导致人患癌症的因素。”　

4．　The evidence is still so controversial that the draft stirred a　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 great deal of debate within the Bush Administration, and the EPA released it over strong objections from the Pentagon and the Whit House

[参考译文]　证据争议性仍然很大，所以报告草案在布什政府内引起巨大的争辩，而环保署无视无角大楼和白宫的强烈反对，公布了这份报告。

5.　　　 This is far less than the electric fields that the cells themselves generate.

[参考译文]　这远比细胞所产生的电磁场低的多。

6.　　　 …and for decades scientists concentrated on more powerful kinds of radiation, like X-rays, that pack sufficient wallop to knock electrons out of the molecules that make up the human body.

[参考译文]　而且几十年来，科学家专注于更为强大的辐射类别，如Ｘ光射线，其聚合的冲击力足以把电子从组成人体的分子中撞出来。

7.　　　 But epidemiological studies, which find statistical associations between sets of data, do not prove cause and effect.

[参考译文]　可是流行病学的研究发现，几组资料在数据方面有所关联，却没有证实其因果关系。

8.　a body of laboratory work　　 一批研究成果。

9.　　　 In a blistering 33-page critique of the EPA report, Air Force scientists charge its authors with having “biased the entire document” toward proving a link.

[参考译文]　在长达33页的对环保署文件的十分尖锐的批评中，空军方面的科学家指责，作者歪曲整个文件以证明癌症和电磁场之间的关联。

10.　 It is astonishing that the EPA would lend its imprimatur on this report.

[参考译文]　令人惊讶的是环保署竟然批准许可这份报告的出笼。

写作方法与文章大意

文章以问答的方式，对比的写作方法，写出了围绕电力是否影响健康——是否致癌因素的两种观点，及其观点的依据。一种是美国环境保护署为代表的：极低频磁场是一种可能但还未被证实的致癌因素，而且无视白宫和五角大楼反对，公布了这份报告。理由是科学证据提出了两者之间的关联偶然性。另一种以空军中科学家为主的观点：电磁场不会诱发或触发癌症，而且以歪曲整个文件来证明两者之关系，批评了环保署。其理由人人皆知。因军队中任一单位都有点——从地面雷达到舰艇飞机防卫系统。

答案祥解

1.　　　  D 电力对癌症影响的不同观点。文章一开始就提出了“电会致癌吗？”这个问题。十多年来，一大批科学家和新闻界人士都指出：研究结果似乎表示：接触电磁场可能会增加患白血病和其他恶性肿瘤的危险性。所以说到目前为止还难以确定电力对健康的影响究竟是理性的，还是杞人忧天。见难句注释1。第二段公布了环保署的报告，见难句注释3。第三段说明：即使有致癌危险也是极微的。但应予以认真对待，进行更多的研究。而第七段中空军方面的科学家还没有被说服（见难句注释9），明确提出，我们的评论员认为没有迹象说明环境中存在的电力会诱发或促发癌症。

A. 对致癌因素的研究。　 B. 致癌原因方面有争议的观点，这两项根本部队，和文内电力毫无关系。　 C. 电力和癌症的关系，文中涉及的是电力究竟会不会致癌的两种观点，而不是两者之关系。

2.　　　  A. 电和致癌有一定难以确定的关系。答案在第二段第三句，环保署目前的结论是据科学证据指出极低频电磁场——具有长波的电磁场——和白血病，淋巴瘤及脑癌之间有着难以确定的联系，见难句注释3。

A. 电确实致癌，不对。　 C. 有争议的。说的不够清楚，争议什么。　 D. 低频磁场是一个可能致癌因素。这只是论点的一面。

3.　　　  B. 现代军事的任何部门都一直依赖于应用大量应用电子设备。五角大楼和白宫所以反对环保署公布报告之理由就在此。空军方面的专家所以说环保署方面的报告“歪曲了整个文件以证明两者之间的关系”也在此。见难句注释4。所以文内说“角大楼的关注是可以理解的。”

A. 报告会在布什政府内引起大规模的辩论，这是结果。　 C. 五角大楼的关注是可以理解的，这不是原因。　 D. 他们有不同的观点。

4.　　　  磁场力太弱不会产生有害作用。答案在第四段第二，三句，当电流通过电缆，产生磁场，对周围物体产生（影响）力。许多年来，科学家把任何有关“这些力可能有害的想法”置于一边（不予考虑），主要是因为它们（所产生的力）非常弱。

B. 磁场力比细胞产生的电磁场弱。只是明确指出的事实。　 C. 磁场力对人的健康有害。不对。　 D. 只有更强的辐射才能把人体中的电子击出来。不对。

5.　　　  C. 他们会采取谨慎小心避开电器的途径。因为他们不可能象A项那样漠不关心。这种问题直接影响人的生命。

B. 他们非常担忧。　 D. 他们感到震惊，这两项都不可能，因为还在争议中，唯一的途径是尽量避开和电器接触。

　　　　　　　  Passage Twelve (Religion and Rationality)

　 Yet the difference in tome and language must strike us, so soon as it is philosophy that speaks: that change should remind us that even if the function of religion and that of reason coincide, this function is performed in the two cases by very different organs. Religions are many, reason one. Religion consists of conscious ideas, hopes, enthusiasms, and objects of worship; it operates by grace and flourishes by prayer. Reason, on the other hand, is a mere principle or potential order, on which indeed we may come to reflect but which exists in us ideally only, without variation or stress of any kind. We conform or do not conform to it; it does not urge or chide us, not call for any emotions on our part other than those naturally aroused by the various objects which it unfolds in their true nature and proportion. Religion brings some order into life by weighting it with new materials. Reason adds to the natural materials only the perfect order which it introduces into them. Rationality is nothing but a form, an ideal constitution which experience may more or less embody. Religion is a part of experience itself, a mass of sentiments and ideas. The one is an inviolate principle, the other a changing and struggling force. And yet this struggling and changing force of religion seems to direct man toward something eternal. It seems to make for an ultimate harmony within the soul and for an ultimate harmony between the soul and all that the soul depends upon. Religion, in its intent, is a more conscious and direct pursuit of the Life of Reason than is society, science, or art, for these approach and fill out the ideal life tentatively and piecemeal, hardly regarding the foal or caring for the ultimate justification of the instinctive aims. Religion also has an instinctive and blind side and bubbles up in all manner of chance practices and intuitions; soon, however, it feels its way toward the heart of things, and from whatever quarter it may come, veers in the direction of the ultimate.

　 Nevertheless, we must confess that this religious pursuit of the Life of Reason has been singularly abortive. Those within the pale of each religion may prevail upon themselves, to express satisfaction with its results, thanks to a fond partiality in reading the past and generous draughts of hope for the future; but any one regarding the various religions at once and comparing their achievements with what reason requires, must feel how terrible is the disappointment which they have one and all prepared for mankind. Their chief anxiety has been to offer imaginary remedies for mortal ills, some of which are incurable essentially, while others might have been really cured by well-directed effort. The Greed oracles, for instance, pretended to heal out natural ignorance, which has its appropriate though difficult cure, while the Christian vision of heaven pretended to be an antidote to our natural death—the inevitable correlate of birth and of a changing and conditioned existence. By methods of this sort little can be done for the real betterment of life. To confuse intelligence and dislocate sentiment by gratuitous fictions is a short-sighted way of pursuing happiness. Nature is soon avenged. An unhealthy exaltation and a one-sided morality have to be followed by regrettable reactions. When these come. The real rewards of life may seem vain to a relaxed vitality, and the very name of virtue may irritate young spirits untrained in and natural excellence. Thus religion too often debauches the morality it comes to sanction and impedes the science it ought to fulfill.

　 What is the secret of this ineptitude? Why does religion, so near to rationality in its purpose, fall so short of it in its results? The answer is easy; religion pursues rationality through the imagination. When it explains events or assigns causes, it is an imaginative substitute for science. When it gives precepts, insinuates ideals, or remoulds aspiration, it is an imaginative substitute for wisdom—I mean for the deliberate and impartial pursuit of all food. The condition and the aims of life are both represented in religion poetically, but this poetry tends to arrogate to itself literal truth and moral authority, neither of which it possesses. Hence the depth and importance of religion becomes intelligible no less than its contradictions and practical disasters. Its object is the same as that of reason, but its method is to proceed by intuition and by unchecked poetical conceits.

1.　　　 As used in the passage, the author would define “wisdom” as

[A]. the pursuit of rationality through imagination.

[B]. an unemotional search for the truth.

[C]. a purposeful and unbiased quest for what is best.

[D]. a short-sighted way of pursuing happiness

2.　　　 Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?

[A]. Religion seeks the truth through imagination, reason, in its search, utilizes the emotions.

[B]. Religion has proved an ineffective tool in solving man’s problems.

[C]. Science seeks a piece meal solution to man’s questions.

[D]. The functions of philosophy and reason are the same.

3.　　　 According to the author, science differs from religion in that

[A]. it is unaware of ultimate goals.　　　　　　  [B]. it is unimaginative.

[C]. its findings are exact and final.　　　　　　  [D]. it resembles society and art.

4.　　　 The author states that religion differs from rationality in that

[A]. it relies on intuition rather than reasoning .

[B]. it is not concerned with the ultimate justification of its instinctive aims.

[C]. it has disappointed mankind.

[D]. it has inspired mankind.

5.　　　 According to the author, the pursuit of religion has proved to be

[A]. imaginative.　　　　　　　　　 　 [B]. a provider of hope for the future.

[C]. a highly intellectual activity　　　　 [D]. ineffectual.

Vocabulary

1.　grace　　　　　　　　  恩赐，仁慈，感化，感思祷告

2.　chide　　　　　　　　  责备

3.　sentiment　　　　　　　 情感

4.　inviolate　　　　　　　  不受侵犯的，纯洁的

5.　intent　　　　　　　　  意义，含义

6.　piecemeal　　　　　　　 一件件，逐渐的，零碎的

7.　bubble up　　　　　　　 起泡，沸腾，兴奋

8.　veer　　　　　　　　　  改变方向，转向

9.　abortive　　　　　　　　 夭折的，失败的，中断的，流产的。

10.　pale　　　　　　　　   范围，界限

11.　draught　　　　　　　 　要求

12.　oracle　　　　　　　　  神谕宣誓，预言，圣言

13.　antidote　　　　　　　  解毒药，矫正方法

14.　correlate　　　　　　　  相互关系

15.　dislocate　　　　　　　  使离开原来位置，打乱正常秩序

16.　gratuitous　　　　　　　 无偿的，没有理由的。

17.　debauch　　　　　　　　 使失落，放荡

18.　sanction　 　　　　　　　支持，鼓励，认可

19.　impede　　　　　　　　  妨碍，制止

20.　ineptitude　　　　　　　  不恰当，无能，愚蠢

21.　insinuate　　　　　　　　 暗示

22.　remould　　　　　　　　  重塑，重铸

23.　aspiration　　　　　　　  抱负，壮志

24.　arrogate　　　　　　　　  没来由反把……归于（to ）

25.  literal　　　　　　　　　  朴实的，字面的

26.　intelligible　　　　　　　  可以理解的。

27.　conceit　　　　　　　　　 幻想，奇想

难句译注

1.　　　 Yet the difference in tome and language must strike us, so soon as it is philosophy that speaks: that change should remind us that even if the function of religion and that of reason coincide, this function is performed in the two cases by very different organs.

[参考译文]　可是音调和语言的差异必然很快的给我们深刻的印象，就象哲学所说的那样：那种差异应提乡我们，即使宗教的功能和理性的功能恰好相符的话，其功能也是通过不同的器官在两种不同的情况下完成的。

2.　　　 Reason, on the other hand, is a mere principle or potential order, on which indeed we may come to reflect but which exists in us ideally only, without variation or stress of any kind.

[参考译文]　另一方面，理性知识一种原则或者是潜在的秩序，我们确实可以在此基础上存在于我们心中，没有种种变化，或任何压力。

3.　　　 We conform or do not conform to it; it does not urge or chide us, not call for any emotions on our part other than those naturally aroused by the various objects which it unfolds in their true nature and proportion.

[参考译文]　不论我们是否遵循理性，它不会极力或责备我们，除了以事物的本来面目和比例揭示各种事物而自然而然的激起我们的感情，它并不需要我们付出任何感情。

4.　　　 Religion, in its intent, is a more conscious and direct pursuit of the Life of Reason than is society, science, or art, for these approach and fill out the ideal life tentatively and piecemeal, hardly regarding the foal or caring for the ultimate justification of the instinctive aims.

[参考译文]　宗教在其意义上，比社会，科学，艺术更自觉，更直接的追求“理性生活”，因为这些东西（社会，科学，艺术）暂时而又零星的接近和填补理想的生活，无视目的，也不管其本能的目标是否最终证明正确。

5.　one and all　　各个都，全部

6.　　　 Those within the pale of each religion may prevail upon themselves, to express satisfaction with its results, thanks to a fond partiality in reading the past and generous draughts of hope for the future; but any one regarding the various religions at once and comparing their achievements with what reason requires, must feel how terrible is the disappointment which they have one and all prepared for mankind.

[参考译文]　处于宗教领域范围之内的人民也许会说服自己对其结果表示满意，这要感谢他们在结实过去和对未来希望宽宏要切上的一种偏爱。可是任何迅速关注宗教的人，把其成就和理性所要求的一切做一比较，必然感到这种种宗教为全人类作好的失望是实在太可怕了。

7.　　　 To confuse intelligence and dislocate sentiment by gratuitous fictions is a short-sighted way of pursuing happiness.

[参考译文]　以无理的幻想混淆智力，弄乱正常的情感是一种短视的追求幸福的方法。

8.　　　 Thus religion too often debauches the morality it comes to sanction and impedes the science it ought to fulfill.

[参考译文]　因此，宗教常常会使它要支持的道德堕落沦丧，并妨碍它应该执行的科学任务。

9.　　　 The condition and the aims of life are both represented in religion poetically, but this poetry tends to arrogate to itself literal truth and moral authority, neither of which it possesses.

[参考译文]　生活的目标和条件在宗教中诗一般的呈现，但这种诗意往往把宗教所并不具有的朴实真理和道德威力没有来由的归于宗教。

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇用对比手法写出宗教和理性之差异并着重描述宗教的文章。有各种中焦，理性只有一个，纵然两者在功能和目的上有不相同之处，但由于宗教以直觉，想象力，情感为主，无视目的，虽比科学，社会或艺术更自觉，更直接追求理性生活，结果却是失败和失望，而理性则相反。

答案祥解

1.　　　  C.　一种有目的而又不带偏见对最佳事物的探索。答案在最后一段，这种愚蠢的秘密是什么？为什么宗教在目的上那么接近真理，在其结构和结果上，却没有理性的一切？答案很简单：宗教是通过想象来追逐理性，当它解释事件或阐明原因时，以虚构的想象来取代科学，当它训诫，暗示理想或者重塑抱负时，以想象代替智慧——智慧的意思是指有意识而又公正的追求一切好东西。

A. 通过想象力追求理性。　　B. 不带感情的探询真理。　 C. 追求幸福的短视的方法。

2.　　　  A.　宗教通过想象力寻求真理，而理性的探索却运用感情。见难句译注3，理性（智）是非感情的。

B. 在解决人类问题上的宗教是一种无效的工具。　 C. 科学寻求逐步解决对人类的问题。　　D. 哲学和理性的功能是一样的。

3.　　　  A.　宗教没有意识（不知道）其最终目的的。见难句译注4，说明宗教不管（几乎不关注）其目的，或不关心其本能的目标最终真确与否。

B. 宗教没有想象力。　 C. 其成果是确切的，最终的。　 D. 宗教很象科学和艺术。

4.　　　  D.　它激起人类情感。第一段中说“宗教的挣扎与不断变化的力量似乎促使人追求某种永恒的东西，它似乎追求灵魂的最终和谐以及灵魂与灵魂所依赖的一起事物之间的永恒的和谐。”

A. 宗教依赖于直觉而不是推理。第一段最后一句：宗教也有本能和盲目的一面，在各种各样的偶然实践和直觉中沸腾。可不久它又向事物内心摸索前进，然而不论从哪个方向来，都转想最终方向（最终多转想这个方向——直觉），文章的最后一句：宗教的目的和理想的目的一样，而其实现目的方法是通过直觉和无限止的诗一般的幻想来进行的。　 B. 它不关心其本能的目标最终是否真确。  C. 它使人类很失望。

5.　　　  D.　无效。第二段开始就点出：我们得承认宗教追求理性生活一直是很失败（流产了）。

A. 有想象力的。　　B. 为未来提供希望的。　 C. 是一个高度的智力活动。

　　　　　　　　  Passage Thirteen (Cryptic Coloring)

　 Cryptic coloring is by far the commonest use of color in the struggle for existence. It is employed for the purpose of attack (aggressive resemblance or anticryptic coloring ) as well as of defense (protective resemblance or procryptic coloring ). The fact that the same method concealment, may be used both for attack and defense has been well explained by T.Belt who suggests as an illustration the rapidity of movement which is also made use of by both pursuer and pursued, which is similarly raised to a maximum in both by the gradual dying out of the slowest through a series of generations. Cryptic coloring is commonly associated with other aids in the struggle for life. Thus well-concealed mammals and birds, when discovered, will generally endeavor to escape by speed and will often attempt to defend themselves actively. On the other hand, small animals which have no means of active defense, such as large, numbers of insects, frequently depend upon concealment alone. Protective resemblance is far commoner among animals than aggressive resemblance, in correspondence with the fact that predaceous forms are as a rule much larger and much less numerous than their prey. In the case of insectivorous Vertebrata and their prey such differences exist in an exaggerated form. Cryptic coloring, whether used for defense of attack, may be either general or special. In general resemblance the animal, in consequence of its coloring, produces the same effect as its environment, but the conditions do not require any special adaptation of shape and outline. General resemblance is especially common among the animal inhabiting some uniformly colored expanse of the earth’s surface, such as an ocean or a desert. In the former, animals of all shapes are frequently protected by their transparent blue color, on the latter, equally diverse forms are defended by their sandy appearance. The effect of a uniform appearance may be produced by a combination of tints in startling contrast. Thus the black and white stripes of the zebra blend together at a little distance, and “their proportion is such as exactly to match the pale tint which arid ground possesses when seen by moonlight.” Special resemblance is far commoner than general and is the form which is usually met with on the diversified surface of the earth, on the shores, and in shallow water, as well as on the floating masses of algae on the surface of the ocean, such as the Sargasso Sea. In these environments the cryptic coloring of animals is usually aided by special modifications of shape, and by the instinct which leads them to assume particular attitudes. Complete stillness and the assumption of a certain attitude play an essential part in general resemblance on land; but in special resemblance the attitude is often highly specialized, and perhaps more important than any other element in the complex method by which concealment is effected. In special resemblance the combination of coloring, shape, and attitude is such as to produce a more or less exact resemblance to some one of the objects in the environment, such as a leaf of twig, a patch of lichen, a flake of bark. In all cases the resemblance is to some object which is of no interest to the enemy or prey respectively. The animal is not hidden from view by becoming indistinguishable from its background as in the case of general resemblance, but it is mistaken for some well-know object.

In seeking the interpretation of these most interesting and elaborate adaptations, attempts have been made along two lines. The first seeks to explain the effect as a result of the direct influence of the environment upon the individual (G.L.L.Buffon), or by the inherited effects of efforts and the use and disuse of parts (J.B.P.Lamarck). The second believes that natural selection produced the result and afterwards maintained it by the survival of the best concealed in each generation. The former suggestion breaks down when the complex nature of numerous special resemblances is appreciated. Thus the arrangement of colors of many kinds into an appropriate pattern requires the cooperation of a suitable shape and the rigidly exact adoption of a certain elaborate attitude. The latter is instinctive and thus depends on the central nervous system. The cryptic effect is due to the exact cooperation of all these factors; and in the present state of science, the only possible hole of an interpretation lies in the theory of natural selection, which can accumulate any and every variation which tends toward survival. A few of the chief types of methods by which concealment is effected may be briefly described. The colors of large numbers of vertebrate animals are darkest on the back and become gradually lighter on the sides, passing into white on the belly. Abbot H. Thayer has suggested that this gradation obliterates the appearance of solidity, which is due to shadow. The color harmony, which is also essential to concealment, is produced because the back is of the same tint as the environment (e. g. earth), bathed in the cold blue-white of the sky, while the belly, being cold blue-white and bathed in shadow and yellow earth reflections produces the same effects. This method of neutralizing shadow for the purpose of concealment by increased lightness of tint was first suggested by E.B.Poulton in the case of a larva and a pupa, but he did not appreciate the great importance of the principle. In an analogous method an animal in front of a background of dark shadow may have part of its body obliterated by the existence of a dark tint, the remainder resembling, e.g., a part of a leaf. This method of rendering invisible any part which would interfere with the resemblance is well know in mimicry.

1.　　　 The black and white stripes of the zebra are most useful form

[A]. hunters.　　　　　　　　　　　  [B]. nocturnal predators

[C]. lions and tigers.　　　　　　　　  [C]. insectivorous  Vertrbrata

2.　　　 Aggressive resemblance occurs when

[A]. a predaceous attitude is assumed.

[B]. special resemblance is utilized.

[C]. an animal relies on speed.

[D]. an animal blends in with its background.

3.　　　 Special resemblance differs from general resemblance in that the animal relies on

[A]. its ability to frighten its adversary.　　　 [B]. speed.

[C]. its ability to assume an attitude.　　　　 [D]. mistaken identify

4.　　　 The title below that best expresses the ides of this passage is

[A]. Cryptic coloration for Protection.　　　　 [B]. How Animals Survive.

[C]. The uses of Mimicry in Nature.　　　　　 [D]. Resemblances of Animals.

5.　　　 Of the following which is the least common?

[A]. protective resemblance.　　　　　　　　 [B]. General resemblance.

[C]. Aggressive resemblance.　　　　　　　  [D]. Special resemblance.

Vocabulary

1.　cryptic　　　　　　　　　 隐藏的，保护的

　　　　  cryptic coloring　　 保护色，隐藏色

2.　predaceous　　　　　　　  食肉的，捕食其他动物的。

3.　vertebrate　　　　　　　　 脊椎动物门

4.　tint　　　　　　　　　　　 色泽，色彩

5.　 zebra　　　　　　　　　  斑马

6.　 Sargasso　　　　　　　　 果本马尾藻

7.　 twig　　　　　　　　　　 嫩枝

8.　 lichen　　　　　　　　　 地衣

9.　 flake　　　　　　　　　  一片

10.　gradation　　　　　　　  等级，层次，分等

11.　obliterate　　　　　　　  涂抹，擦去，使消失

12.　larva　　　　　　　　　  幼虫，幼体

13.　pupa　　　　　　　 　　 蛹

14.　mimicry　　　　　　　　 模仿，拟态

15.　nocturnal　　　　　　　  夜间发生的，夜出的

16.　insectivorous　　　　　　 食虫的

17.　procryptic　　　　　　　  有保护色的，保护性的　　

难句译注

1.　　　　　 …the rapidity of movement which is also made use of by both pursuer and pursued, which is similarly raised to a maximum in both by the gradual dying out of the slowest through a series of generations.

[参考译文]　追捕动物和被追的动物也利用快速的动作。这种快速的运动同样是通过几代更迭，逐渐消除了慢速，而发展到快速顶峰。

2.　　　　　 Protective resemblance is far commoner among animals than aggressive resemblance, in correspondence with the fact that predaceous forms are as a rule much larger and much less numerous than their prey.

[参考译文]　保护性模仿远比侵犯行模仿要普遍得多，这是和下述的情况想配合的：食肉的（形式）动物，按惯律总是比他们捕食的对象要大而且多得多。

3.　　　　　 The effect of a uniform appearance may be produced by a combination of tints in startling contrast.

[参考译文]　在惊人的对比中，色泽的综合可能产生外形一致的效果。

4.　　　　　 …their proportion is such as exactly to match the pale tint which arid ground possesses when seen by moonlight.

[参考译文]　（这里指斑马的黑白条）比例正好和在月光下观看贫瘠土地所具有的苍白色泽相吻合。

5.　　　　　 In these environments the cryptic coloring of animals is usually aided by special modifications of shape, and by the instinct which leads them to assume particular attitudes.

[参考译文]　在这些环境中，动物的保护色常常得到特定的形状变化和本能的协作，这种本能会使动物采取特定的姿势。

6.　　　　　 Complete stillness and the assumption of a certain attitude play an essential part in general resemblance on land; but in special resemblance the attitude is often highly specialized…

[参考译文]　绝对静态和采取一般姿势在陆地的一般模仿中起很大作用，而在专门模仿中，姿势常常是高度专门化的。

7.　　　　　 Thus the arrangement of colors of many kinds into an appropriate pattern requires the cooperation of a suitable shape and the rigidly exact adoption of a certain elaborate attitude.

[参考译文]　因此许多类颜色排列成恰当的模式/形式，要求把合适的外形和严格的采用一定的精心设计的姿势相结合。

8.　　　　　 The cryptic effect is due to the exact cooperation of all these factors; and in the present state of science, the only possible hole of an interpretation lies in the theory of natural selection, which can accumulate any and every variation which tends toward survival.

[参考译文]　保护效果是由于所以这些因素确切合作而形成。根据目前科学水平，唯一的解释（此种现象）就是自然选择理论，它可以累积要生存的各种变异/变种。

写作方法与文章大意

文章以一般到具体的协作和分类方式写作，第一段点出生物界生存竞争中最常用的一种颜色是保护色，保护色可分为两类：进犯（进攻）型和防卫型。一般是防御性保护色多于进攻型。而两种类型都可归纳为一般性模仿和专门（特定）模仿。居住（栖息）在单一色泽的地方的动物，如海洋或沙漠，常采用模仿性保护色——如透明的绿色，土色等，而特定摸刚的动物则栖息在多样性的地方，如海岸，浅水，海洋表面等。特定模仿还需要有改变形状姿势之协作，使其看起来像客观环境中的某物，某种身份mistaken identify.

第二段涉及有关模仿性的解释的探索，结果为二。一种观点是环境直接影响的结果。第二种是自然选择的结果。当人们理解了许多特定模仿的复杂特性时，第一种解释就不能成立了。这说明保护效果是一切因素——合适的外形和某种精心设计的姿势等——合作而成。按现在科学水平来解释，只能归之“自然选择”理论，然后是用具体例子来证实。

答案祥解

1.　　　  B. 夜间活动的食肉动物。见难句译注4，斑马的黑白相间颜色的比例正好和月光下所见的贫瘠土地的苍白的色泽相吻合。当然能保护斑马夜间免遭这些食肉动物的袭击。

A. 捕获者。　　　　 C. 狮子和老虎。　　　　　　  D. 食虫的脊椎动物

2.　　　  A. 在装成捕食其他动物的姿势时。

B. 应该专门模仿。　　　　C. 动物依赖速度。　　　　 D. 动物和背景混在一起。

3.　　　  D. 搞错/认错了动物（身份）（mistaken identify 认错了人之义）。见第一段最后一句话，它不像一般模仿那样，通过动物和背景难以辨别从而从视觉中隐藏起来，它是被误认为某种著名动物。

A. 用以吓走它的对手（敌人）的能力。　 B. 速度。　　 C. 采用某种姿势的能力。

4.　　　  C. 自然界模拟的运动。文章一开始就点命保护色迄今为止生存斗争中最常用的一种颜色，常用于进攻和防卫。保护色常和其他措施相配合，首先提到速度，见难句译注1。然后讲到保护色分类，一般（普通）和特殊（专门）模拟/模仿。第二段解释或说明模拟适应性。第一种解释为环境使然/影响。第二种认为是自然界选择之结果。

A. 为了保卫的保护色。　　 B. 动物是如何存活下来。　　　D. 动物之模仿性。

5.　　　  C. 进攻性（侵犯性）模仿。见难句译注2。

A. 保护色模仿。　　　　B. 一般性模仿。　　　　 D. 专项模仿。

　　　　　　　　　Passage Fourteen (Pageants)

Pageants are usually conceived on a fairly large scale, often under the auspices of some local or civic authority or at any rate in connection with local groups of some kind. This sometimes means that there is an allocation of funds available for the purpose of mounting the production, though unfortunately this will usually be found to be on the meager side and much ingenuity will have to be used to stretch it so that all performers can be adequately clothed.

Most pageants have a historical flavour as they usually come about through the celebration of the anniversary of some event of historic importance, or the life or death of some local worthy. Research among archives and books in the public library will probably prove very useful and produce some workable ideas which will give the production an especially local flavour. From the first economy will have to be practiced because there are usually a great number of people to dress. Leading characters can be considered individually in the same way as when designing for a play; but the main body of the performers will need to be planned in groups and the massed effect must be always borne in mind.

Many pageants take place in daylight in the open air. This is an entirely different problem from designing costumes which are going to be looked at under artificial lighting; for one thing, scenes viewed in the daylight are subject to many more distractions. No longer is everything around cut out by the surrounding darkness, but instead it is very easy to be aware of disturbing movement in the audience of behind the performers. Very theatrically conceived clothes do not always look their best when seen in a daylight setting of trees, verdant lawns and old ivy-covered walls; the same goes for costumes being worn in front of the mellow colors of stately homes. The location needs to be studied and then a decision can be made as to what kinds of colors and textures will harmonize best with the surroundings and conditions and then to carry this out as far as possible on the funds available.

If money is available to dress the performers without recourse to their own help in the provision of items, it is best to arrange for all the cutting and pinning together of the costumes to be done by one or two experienced people than to be given out to the groups and individuals for completion. When there is little or no money at all, the garments need to be reduced to the basic necessities. Cloaks and shawls become invaluable, sheets and large bath towels and bath sheets are admirable for draping. Unwanted curtains and bed spreads can be cut to make tunics, robes and skirts. These are particularly valuable if they are of heavy fabrics such as velvet or chenille.

Colors should be massed together so that there are contrasting groups of dark and light, this will be found to help the visual result substantially. Crowds of people gathered together in a jumble of colors will be ground to look quite purposeless and will lack dramatic impact.

The use of numbers of identical head-dresses, however simply made, are always effective when working with groups. If these are made of cardboard and painted boldly the cost can be almost negligible. Helmets, hats and plumes will all make quite a show even if the costumes are only blandest or sheets cleverly draped. The same can be said of the use of banners, shields and poles with stiff pennants and garlands—anything which will help to have a unifying effect. Any kind of eye-catching device will always go with a flourish and add excitement to the scenes.

1.　　　 The main idea of this passage is

[A]. Pageants.　　　　　　　　　　　　  [B]. Costumes on the stage.

[C]. Costumes for pageants.　　　　　　　  [D].　How to arrange a pageant.

2.　　　 It can be inferred that the most important factor in costume design is

[A]. money.　　　　 [B]. color.　　　　  [C]. harmony　　　　 [D]. texture

3.　　　 Why will much ingenuity have to be required in costume design?

[A]. Because pageants take place in daylight in the open air.

[B]. Because different characters require different costumes.

[C]. Because the colors and textures must be in harmony with the setting.

[D]. Because an allocation of the funds available is usually rather small.

4.　　　 Why do most pageants have a historical flavour?

[A]. Because most pageants take place for celebration.

[B]. Many pageants take place for amusement.

[C]. A lot of pageants take place for religion.

[D]. Because pageants usually take place for competition.

Vocabulary

1.　 conceive　　　　　　　　　　 设想，想象

　　　　to be conceived　　　　　  设想好的，构思好的

2.　 under the auspices of　　　　　 在……的主办下

3.　 meager　　　　　　　　　　  贫乏的，不足的

4.　 mount　　　　　　　　　　　 登上，制作，上演

5.　 flavour　　　　　　　　　　  风味，风格，情趣

6.　 archive(s)　　　　　　　　　  档案（馆）

7.　 distraction　　　　　　　　　  使人分心的事

8.　 ivy　　　　　　　　　　　　  常春藤

9.　 mellow　　　　　　　　　　　 柔和的

10.　recourse (to)　　　　　　　　　 依赖，求助于　

11.　drape　　　　　　　　　　　　 覆盖，披上

12.　invaluable　　　　　　　　　　 无价的，非常贵重的

13.　tunic　　　　　　　　　　　　 （古时）长达膝盖的外衣，穿在盔甲上的战袍

14.　chenille　　　　　　　　　　  绳绒绒（织品）

15.　jumble　　　　　　　　　　　 混乱，搞乱

16.　pennant　　　　　　　　　　  细长三角旗

17.　garland　　　　　　　　　　  花环，花冠

难句译注

1.　　　 This sometimes means that there is an allocation of funds available for the purpose of mounting the production, though unfortunately this will usually be found to be on the meager side and much ingenuity will have to be used to stretch it so that all performers can be adequately clothed.

[结构简析]　复合结构。That是主句的宾语从句，从句后再有从句。

[参考译文]　这种情况，有时就表示有一个可用于演出目的资金配额。遗憾的是配额一般都少而不足，就得动用非常之才能细细的使用金额，使所有的演员都能穿上合适的戏装。

2.　　　 Most pageants have a historical flavour as they usually come about through the celebration of the anniversary of some event of historic importance, or the life or death of some local worthy.

[结构简析]　主从句

[参考译文]　大多数露天演出都带有历史情调，因为这些戏一般是通过庆祝某个重大的历史事件，或庆祝当地某个值得纪念的人诞辰或逝世周年而产生的。

3.　　　 This is an entirely different problem from designing costumes which are going to be looked at under artificial lighting; for one thing, scenes viewed in the daylight are subject to many more distractions. No longer is everything around cut out by the surrounding darkness, but instead it is very easy to be aware of disturbing movement in the audience of behind the performers.

[结构简析]　复合结构：主句this is后有定语从句，which修饰costumes。从句中又套从句。

[参考译文]　这和人为灯光下看的设计服装完全不一样。首先，白天看到幕景易于受许多因素影响，不再能用一片漆黑的环境把周围的一切隔开，而是相反，演员后和观众中有点纷乱的动作，很容易看到。

4.　　　 Very theatrically conceived clothes do not always look their best when seen in a daylight setting of trees, verdant lawns and old ivy-covered walls; the same goes for costumes being worn in front of the mellow colors of stately homes.

[结构简析]　并列句，中用分号隔开。第一句中有when seen 连词+过去分词，实质起从句作用。第二句是主从句。

[参考译文]　设计出的非常具有戏剧性效果的服装，在光天化日，有树木，有绿茵茵的草地，又有爬满常春藤的古老围墙的背景下，经常看起来是不起眼：在堂皇的住宅四周一片和色调前，所穿的服装效果同样不太好。

5.　　　 If money is available to dress the performers without recourse to their own help in the provision of items, it is best to arrange for all the cutting and pinning together of the costumes to be done by one or two experienced people than to be given out to the groups and individuals for completion.

[结构简析]　条件句，主句为逻辑主句，注意中间两个被动不定式。To be done by, than to be given out, 这里的than起连词作用。

[参考译文]　如果有钱可以为演员着装而不用求助自己供应种种物件，那么最好把所有的戏装的裁减和缝制交给一，两个有经验人去干，而不是让群体演员和单个演员去完成。

写作方法与文章大意

文章论述露天演出的服装问题，由于露天演出不同于室内，剧院内演出，要从各个方面考虑服装问题，才能获得应有的舞台效果。作者从资金多少，地方色彩，露天，白天，颜色搭配等方面来论述服装。写法多种，有因果，对比，举例等。

答案祥解

1.　　　  C. 露天演出的服装。第一段末尾已经点明，“一般认为露天演出规模宏大，常常是由某个地方或当局（民政局主办赞助），或总是和某个地方集团有关。这意味着有用于演出目的资金配额，遗憾的是配额一般很少，必须动用非常的才能，细细的使用资金，所有演员才能窗上恰当的服装。”其他各段各有重点，但都是服务于剧装这一中心。

A. 露天演出。　 B. 舞台剧装（包括剧场）。　 D. 如何安排露天演出；涉及面或大或小，不适合。

2.　　　  C.　和谐。服装设计中最重要的因素是和谐。这一点在几段中都提到，第二段最后一句“演员的主题必须以群体设计，头脑中必须经常记住群体效果。”第三段最后一句“必须研究演出的地理位置，决出什么样的颜色和织物，能和环境，条件，达到最完美和谐。”第五段专讲颜色搭配，“应当从总体考虑颜色，这样才有亮和暗的群体对比，帮助产生实感的视觉效果，一群穿着杂七杂八颜色服装的演员聚集在一起看起来乱哄哄。缺乏戏剧效果。”这也是和谐之要求。

A. 钱。钱要考虑。出前两段外，第三段最后一句，讲完和谐后，也提到“尽可能以能到手的资金加以实现这决定。”第四段中“在钱很少或是没有钱的情况下，服装得降到基本需要”，下面就讲利用被单，浴巾，窗帘做服装，所以钱在服装设计中很重要，但不能列为最重要因素，有钱没有钱都得以服装协调为主。　　  B. 颜色。

D. 织品。同样都的服从和谐这一前提。

3.　　　  D. 因为能得到资金的配额都很少。第一段最后一句话，见第一题译注。

A. 因为在光天化日下演出。　　B. 因为不同演员要求不同服装。　　 C. 颜色和织物必须和布景谐调。这些只是考虑的因素。见上面译文。

4.　　　  A. 因为大多数露天演出都是为纪念庆祝。第二段第一句“露天演出一般都是某个具有历史意义事件，或者当地某个值得纪念的人物的诞辰和逝世周年，所以大多数露天演出都具有历史纪念色彩。”

B. 许多露天演出是为了娱乐。　　 C. 许多露天演出是为了宗教。　　 D. 因为露天演出一般是参与竞赛。三项都不对。

　　　  Passage Fifteen (The Second Wave of Feminism)

　 The statistics I’ve cited and the living examples are all too familiar to you. But what may not be so familiar will be the increasing number of women who are looking actively for advancement of for a new job in your offices. This woman may be equipped with professional skills and perhaps valuable experience, She will not be content to be Executive Assistant to Mr. Seldom Seen of the Assistant Vice President’s Girl Friday, who is the only one who comes in on Saturday.

　 She is the symbol of what I call the Second Wave of Feminism. She is the modern woman who is determined to be.

　 Her forerunner was the radical feminist who interpreted her trapped position as a female as oppression by the master class of men. Men, she believed, had created a domestic, servile role for women in order that men could have the career and the opportunity to participate in making the great decisions of society. Thus the radical feminist held that women through history had been oppressed and dehumanized, mainly because man chose to exploit his wife and the mother of his children. Sometimes it was deliberate exploitation and sometimes it was the innocence of never looking beneath the pretensions of life.

　 The radical feminists found strength in banding together. Coming to recognize each other for the first time, they could explore their own identities, realize their own power, and view the male and his system as the common enemy. The first phases of feminism in the last five years often took on this militant, class-warfare tone. Betty Friedan, Gloria Steinem, Germaine Greer, and many others hammered home their ideas with a persistence that aroused and intrigued many of the brightest and most able women in the country. Consciousness-raising groups allowed women to explore both their identities and their dreams—and the two were often found in direct conflict.

What is the stereotyped role of American women? Marriage. A son. Two daughters. Breakfast. Ironing. Lunch. Bowling, maybe a garden club of for the very daring, non-credit courses in ceramics. Perhaps an occasional cocktail party. Dinner. Football or baseball on TV. Each day the same. Never any growth in expectations—unless it is growth because the husband has succeeded. The inevitable question: “Is that all there is to life?”

The rapid growth of many feminist organizations attests to the fact that these radical feminists had touched some vital nerves. The magazine “Ms.” was born in the year of the death of the magazine “Life.” But too often the consciousness-raising sessions became ends in themselves. Too often sexism reversed itself and man-hating was encouraged. Many had been with the male chauvinist.

It is not difficult, therefore, to detect a trend toward moderation. Consciousness-raising increasingly is regarded as a means to independence and fulfillment, rather than a ceremony of fulfillment itself. Genuine independence can be realized through competence, through finding a career, through the use of education. Remember that for many decades the education of women was not supposed to be useful.

1.　　　  What was the main idea of this passage?

[A]. The Second Wave of Feminist.　　　　　 [B]. Women’s Independent Spirits.

[C]. The Unity of Women.　　　　　　　　  [D]. The Action of Union.

2.　　　  What was the author’s attitude toward the radical?

[A]. He supported it wholeheartedly.　　　　　 [B]. He opposed it strongly.

[C]. He disapproved to some extent.　　　　　  [D]. He ignored it completely.

3.　　　  What does the word “militant” mean?

[A]. Aggressive.　　　[B]. Ambitions.　　 [C]. Progressive.　　 [D]. Independent.

4,　What was the radical feminist’s view point about the male?

[A]. Women were exploited by the male.

[B]. Women were independent of the male.

[C]. Women’s lives were deprived by the male.

[D]. The male were their common enemy.

Vocabulary

1.　 trapped　　　　　  　　　　　被诱入圈套的，陷阱

2.　 servile　　　　　　　　　　　 屈从的，奴隶的，奴性的

3.　 dehumanized　　　　　　　　  使失去人/个性的

4.　 pretension　　　　　　　　　  要求，权利，借口

5.　 look beneath　　　　　　　　  看到下面

6.　 band together　　　　　　　　  紧密团结在一起

7.　 explore　　　　　　　  　　　探索，考察

8.　 phase　　　　　　　　　　　  阶段，方面，形式

9.　 class-warfare　　　　　　　　  阶级斗争

10.　hammer home　　　　　　　　 硬性灌输

　　　　　　  hammer home an idea into sb.　　硬向某人灌输某种观念

11.　intrigue　　　　　　　　　　  使着迷，密谋，用诡计取得

12.　stereotype　　　　　　　　　　固定不变的，陈规旧习的

13.　attest　　　　　　　　　　　  证明，证实，表明

14.　chauvinist　　　　　　　　　  沙文主义者，男子至上主义这

15.　moderation　　　　　　　　　 （政治，宗教上）稳健中庸，缓和

16.　fulfillment　　　　　　　　　  臻于完善，发挥潜在能力

17.　sexism　　　　　　　　　　　 性别歧视（常指其实妇女）

18.　be independent of　　　　　　  独立于……之外，不受……控制/支配

难句译注

1.　　　 She will not be content to be Executive Assistant to Mr. Seldom Seen of the Assistant Vice President’s Girl Friday, who is the only one who comes in on Saturday.

这是作者杜撰的名字，含有讽刺内涵。Mr. Seldom Seen 很少见到的先生。说明公司很难见到他。那么做他的助手就是她替他干一切活。星期五姑娘。星期五是《鲁滨逊漂流记》中的一个人物，是鲁滨逊的仆人。这位星期六休假日来上班的姑娘，当然得干主人的一切活。

[参考译文]　她不会满意做“很少见”先生的助手，也不愿做助理副主席的星期五姑娘，那位姑娘是唯一的一个星期六来上班的人。

2.　　　 Men, she believed, had created a domestic, servile role for women in order that men could have the career and the opportunity to participate in making the great decisions of society.

[结构简析]　she believed 形式上插入语，实际 Men 句是它的宾语从句。In order that 义：为的是。目的状语。

[参考译文]　她认为男人为妇女创制了一个持家操劳的奴隶角色，为的是男人可以获得事业和机遇参与决定重大的社会抉择。

3.　　　 Thus the radical feminist held that women through history had been oppressed and dehumanized, mainly because man chose to exploit his wife and the mother of his children. Sometimes it was deliberate exploitation and sometimes it was the innocence of never looking beneath the pretensions of life.

[结构简析]　两句句子。前一句的宾语为主从句，后为并列句。

[参考译文]　于是，激进女权主义者认为综观历史，妇女一直是被压迫被奴役，被非人化，主要原因就是因为男人就是想剥削他的妻子，孩子们的母亲。有时是有意的剥削；有时是由于没有透过生活的假象看到问题的实质，是无知所致。

4.　　　 Betty Friedan, Gloria Steinem, Germaine Greer, and many others hammered home their ideas with a persistence that aroused and intrigued many of the brightest and most able women in the country.

[参考译文]　Betty Friedan， Gloria Steinem，Germaine Greer，以及其他许多激进女权主义者坚持不懈的强行灌输（推行）他们的思想，幻想并吸引了国内无数最聪容，最能干的妇女。

写作方法与文章大意

文章论述“争取女权运动的妇女”，也可以说是女权运动的第二次浪潮。作者从历史上的女权运动激进分子观点谈起：妇女为男人所奴役，剥削。因为男的想独揽决策社会的大权，到女子觉醒，认识自己和自己的力量，把男人视作她们共同的敌人。最后是目前向缓冲发展的趋势，也是作者观点。

答案祥解

1.　　　  A. 第二次女权运动的浪潮。在第一段，一般性描述之后（见难句译注1），作者画龙点睛的指明“她就是我所指的第二次女权运动浪潮的象征。她是决心要成为的现代妇女的代表。”以后的文章就是围绕女权运动而写的。见文章大意。

B. 妇女的独立精神。这只是女权运动中部分内容。　　C. 妇女团结。第三段一开始就提到“激进女权主义者发现了紧密团结在一起的力量。”也是女权运动的部分内容。

D. 团结运动。

2.　　　  C. 有点不赞成。这在最后两段表现的最为明显：“许多女权运动组织迅速发展证明这些激进争取女权的人触到了某些活跃的神经。（非常活跃）。 Ms 杂志就在《生活》停刊那年诞生。可是唤起觉醒的会议常常成为这些活动的目的。性别歧视（歧视妇女）也常常颠倒过来并且提倡憎恨男人。许多人曾是男权至上主义者。”“因此，察觉向平和中的趋向发展并不难。提高觉悟的做法越来越被认为是独立与成就的方式，而不是庆贺成就本身的仪式。真正的独立是能够通过能力，通过寻找一份事业，通过应用教育加以实现。要记住，几十年来，妇女教育被认为是无用的。”如果是倒数第二段是作者对激进分子有点批评，不满的态度的表现，那么最后一段就是作者的观点：独立是靠塌实工作，提高妇女自身的能力来实现的。

A. 他全心全意的拥护。　 B. 他强烈反对。不完全如此。　　D. 他完全忽视不顾。

3.　　　  A. 好斗的。（斗争性强的）。第三段第三句：“在最近5年中女权运动首要方面常常具有这种好斗的阶级斗争调子。”

B. 野心的。　　　　C. 进步的。　　　　 D. 独立的。

4.　　　  D. 男人是她们共同的敌人。第三段：“激进女权运动分子在紧密团结中找到了力量。第一次她们认识了自己，她们可以探索自我，意识到她们的力量，把男人及其制度视为她们共同的敌人。”

A. 妇女为男人们所剥削。这在第三段中讲到，见难句译注3。这是妇女观点中具体内容之一。也是为什么说男人及制度是她们共同敌人的原因之一。　 B. 妇女不受男人支配。　　　　 C. 男人剥夺了女人生活。

Passage Sixteen (Crime in Computer)

　 New and bizarre crimes have come into being with the advent of computer technology. Organized crime to has been directly involved; the new technology offers it unlimited opportunities, such as data crimes, theft of services, property-related crimes, industrial sabotage, politically related sabotage, vandalism, crimes against the individual and financially related crimes…

　 Theft of data, or data crime, has attracted the interest of organized criminal syndicates. This is usually the theft or copying of valuable computer grogram. An international market already exists for computerized data, and specialized fences are said to be playing a key role in this rapidly expanding criminal market. Buyers for stolen programs may range from a firm’s competitors to foreign nations.

　 A competitor sabotages a company’s computer system to destroy or cripple the firm’s operational ability, thus neutralizing its competitive capability either in the private or the government sector. This computer sabotage may also be tied to an attempt by affluent investors to acquire the victim firm. With the growing reliance by firms on computers for their recordkeeping and daily operations, sabotage of their computers can result in internal havoc, after which the group interested in acquiring the firm can easily buy it at a substantially lower price. Criminal groups could also resort to sabotage if the company is a competitor of a business owned or controlled by organized crime.

　 Politically motivated sabotage is on the increase; political extremist groups have sprouted on every continent. Sophisticated computer technology arms these groups with awesome powers and opens technologically advanced nations to their attack. Several attempts have already been made to destroy computer facility at an air force base. A university computer facility involved in national defence work suffered more than $2 million in damages as a result of a bombing.

　 Computer vulnerability has been amply documented. One congressional study concluded that neither government nor private computer systems are adequately protected against sabotage. Organized criminal syndicates have shown their willingness to work with politically motivated groups. Investigators have uncovered evidence of cooperation between criminal groups and foreign governments in narcotics. Criminal groups have taken attempts in assassinating political leaders…. Computers are used in hospital life-support system, in laboratories, and in major surgery. Criminals could easily turn these computers into tools of devastation. By sabotaging the computer of a life-support system, criminals could kill an individual as easily as they had used a gun. By manipulating a computer, they could guide awesome tools of terror against large urban centers. Cities and nations could become hostages. Homicide could take a now form. The computer may become the hit man of the twentieth century.

　 The computer opens vast areas of crime to organized criminal groups, both national and international. It calls on them to pool their resources and increase their cooperative efforts, because many of these crimes are too complex for one group to handle, especially those requiting a vast network of fences. Although criminals have adapted to computer technology, law enforcement has not. Many still think in terms of traditional criminology.

1.　　　 How many kinds of crimes are mentioned in the passage?

[A].  7.　　　　 [B].　8.　　　　　  [C].　9.　　　  [D].　10

2.　　　 What is the purpose of a competitor to sabotage a company’s computer?

[A]. His purpose is to destroy or weaken the firm’s operational ability.

[B]. His purpose is to weaken firm’s competitive capability and get it.

[C]. His purpose is to buy the rival’s company at a relatively low price.

[D]. His purpose is to steal important data.

3.　　　 Which of the following can be labeled as a politically motivated sabotage of a computer system?

[A]. Sabotage of a university computer.

[B]. Sabotage of a hospital computer.

[C]. Sabotage of computer at a secret training base.

[D]. Sabotage of a factory computer.

4.　　　 What does the author mean by “Homicide could take a new form”?

[A]. There is no need to use a gun in killing a person.

[B]. Criminals can kill whoever they want by a computer.

[C]. The computer can replace any weapons.

[D]. The function of a computer is just like a gun.

Vocabulary

1.　 bizarre　　　　　　　　  奇怪的

2.　 vandalism　　　　　　　 破坏，故意破坏文化，艺术的行为

3.　 cripple　　　　　　　　  使瘫痪，削弱

4.　 fence　　　　　　　　　 贼市，脏品买卖处

5.　 neutralize　　　　　　　 使成为无效

6.　 affluent　　　　　　　　 富裕的

7.　 recordkeeping　　　　　  记录存贮

8.　 havoc　　　　　　　　  浩劫，大破坏

9.　 resort to　　　　　　　  求助于，借助于

10.　motivate　　　　　　　  作为……的动机，激发

11.　extremist　　　　　　　  过激分子，极端主义分子

12.　sprout　　　　　　　　  萌发迅速发展

13.　awesome　　　　　　　 令人惊惧的，引起敬畏的

14.　vulnerability　　　　　　 易受攻击，脆弱

15.　devastation　　　　　　　劫持，破坏

16.　hospital life-support system 医院的生命维持系统

17.　hit man　　　　　　　　 职业凶手（杀手）

18.　pool　　　　　　　　　 集中（资金）合办，入股

19.　criminology　　　　　　 犯罪学，刑事学

难句译注

1.　　　  Organized crime to has been directly involved; the new technology offers it unlimited opportunities, such as data crimes, theft of services, property-related crimes, industrial sabotage, politically related sabotage, vandalism, crimes against the individual and financially related crimes…

[结构简析] 句子很长，都是简单句，中间有分号隔开，后面是举例。

[参考译文] 有组织犯罪团伙也直接参与：计算机新技术较为犯罪提供了无限的机会，如数据信息犯罪，偷窃服务项目，跟财产有关的犯罪，工业破坏，跟政治有关的破坏，破坏文化艺术，对个人和财经方面的罪行等等。

2.　　　  An international market already exists for computerized data, and specialized fences are said to be playing a key role in this rapidly expanding criminal market.

[结构简析] 并列句，and 作对比连接词用。

[参考译文] 一个计算机信息的国际市场已经存在，而专门从事脏品交易的市场据说在迅速扩展的犯罪市场中起着关键的作用。

3.　　　  A competitor sabotages a company’s computer system to destroy or cripple the firm’s operational ability, thus neutralizing its competitive capability either in the private or the government sector.

[结构简析] 主谓宾补结构，后跟thus+从句表示结果。

[参考译文] 竞争对手破坏一个公司的计算机系统为的是摧毁或削弱公司的操作运行能力，从而使其丧失在私人或政府部门中的竞争力。

4.　　　  The computer opens vast areas of crime to organized criminal groups, both national and international. It calls on them to pool their resources and increase their cooperative efforts, because many of these crimes are too complex for one group to handle, especially those requiting a vast network of fences.

[结构简析] 两句话。前一句为主谓宾，后一句为主从句，从句内采用too…to 句型，后跟分词独立结构进一步说明。

[参考译文] 计算机为国内和国际有组织犯罪集团开辟了犯罪的广泛领域。它要求它们集中资源，提高通力协作力量，因为许多犯罪太复杂，一个集团难以驾驭，特别是那些需要巨大的脏品交易时常网络的罪行。

写作方法与文章大意

文章介绍“计算机犯罪”，采用分类写作手法，先列出种种计算机犯罪项，下面逐一说明。文本只选四种犯罪——信息数据偷窃或信息（数据）犯罪，产业破坏，政治破坏，对个人生命破坏。分四段叙述，每段为一种罪行，最后是对比罪犯势力越来越有组织，势力请大，而司法部门却没有准备好。

答案祥解

1.　　　  B. ８种，具体罪行。见难句译注１。

2.　　　  B. 他的目的是削弱公司竞争力进而得到它。答案见难句译注２及第二段第二句起：“计算机破坏也可以和富裕的投资者欲得到对手的公司的企图相连。随着公司对计算机记录存储的信赖性加强，破坏他们的计算机可以造成内部大破坏。之后，对取得这个公司感性趣的集团很容易在级低价格上买进。”

A. 削弱公司运转能力。　　　C. 在相当低的价格上买进对手的公司。这两个选项都只是破坏目的的一个方面。　　D. 偷窃重要资料，文内没有讲。

3.　　　  C 破坏秘密训练基础。这可以标以政治目的的破坏计算机。

A. 大学　　　B. 医院　　　　D. 工厂。　这三个地方都难以和政治直接相连，第三段讲的大学是“参与国防保卫工作的大学计算机措施”，和一般大学不一样。只有秘密训练的基地和真正相连的可能性最大，所以选C.

4.　　　  B. 犯罪可以通过计算机任意杀人。答案在第五段：“犯罪集团曾采取步骤暗杀政治领袖。医院的生命维护系统，实验室，大型外科手术中都用计算机。罪犯们很容易把这些计算机转变成破坏的工具。通过破坏生命维护系统计算机，罪犯们就像用枪一样很容易杀死人。通过控制计算机，他们可以指导这可怖的工具攻击大城市中心。城市和国家都可以成为人质。谋杀具有新的形式，计算机可能成为２１世纪的事业杀手。”

A. 杀人不需要用枪。这话太笼统，不用枪，用什么。用毒药，用刀？　　C. 计算机可以取代任何武器。　　　　　　D. 计算机的功能就像枪，错误的。

　　　　　 Passage Seventeen (A Strong Stock Market)

　 The increase in the margin rate from 50% to 70% was not an attempt to stem any rampant speculation on the part of the public—actually the market seemed technically quite strong, with public participation essentially dignified—but rather an attempt by the Federal Reserve Board to preserve the sound underpinnings that existed in the market. Naturally, such a move had a momentarily chilling effect upon prices but if the FRB had been preoccupied with undue speculation, the increase might have been to the 80% or even 90% level. Such an increases in the margin rate is a confirmation of a strong stock market and since 19…,such increases have resulted in interim market highs over twelve months later. Obviously, there could be no guarantee that this would once again be the case, but if history is any guideline—and if business and corporate earnings were to continue on the same course—continued optimism over the outlook for the stock market would seem more prudent than pessimism.

　 The margin increase underscored the good rise that stocks had enjoyed for the previous year—and the fact that a 50% rate was maintained as long as it was pointed up the fact that the rise was mainly conservative in that it was concentrated in the blue chips for the most part. In past Investment Letters we have voiced the thought that speciality stocks could outperform the general market from this point. We continue to believe that this could be the case. For example, steel stocks tend to sell at certain fixed price/earnings ratios. Below a certain ratio they are considered good value—above a certain ratio, overpriced. If a company produces a unique product it is far more difficult for market analysis to place a numerical ratio upon the company’s earnings. We have also contended in the past Letters that the stock market reflects mass psychology as well as the business outlook. When investors—both the public and the institutions—are nervous and pessimistic they definitely hesitate to buy stocks: they seek low price/earnings multiples and high yields. These same investors—when they are in an optimistic frame of mind—become for less preoccupied with yields and more wiling to pay a premium(high p/e multiples) for accelerated growth. If the public’s attitude towards the auto industry is any measure, then this period seems to have been one of optimism.

1.　　　 The title that best expresses the ideas of this passage is

[A]. A Time to Sell Stock.　　　　　　　　 [B]. A Strong Stock Market

[C]. Raising the Margin Rate　　　　　　　 [C]. Price/earnings Ratio in Steel

2.　　　 When investors are pessimistic what do they do?

[A]. They look to the FRB for help.　　　　  [B]. They buy steel

[C]. They buy automobile stocks.　　　　　  [D]. They look for high yields.

3.　　　 Why does the writer believe that speciality stocks could outperform the general market?

[A]. Because analysis have difficulty in deciding upon a fixed price/earnings ratio.

[B]. Because the activity had been limited to blue chips.

[C]. Because the rise was conservative.

[D]. Because of the FRB action.

4.　　　 When investors are optimistic, what do they do?

[A]. They look for accelerated growth.　　　[B]. They buy speciality stocks.

[C]. They look for high yields.　　　　　  [C]. They are more prudent.

Vocabulary

1.　 margin rate　　　　　　　　 保证金率，边际比率

2.　 rampant　　　　　　　　　  无约束力，猖獗的，蔓延的

3.　 stem　　　　　　　　　　  遏制

4.　 stem from　　　　　　　　  滋长，源自

5.　 underpin　　　　　　　　　 加强……基础，支持

6.　 underpinning　　　　　　　  支持物，基础（建筑物下的）

7.　 preoccupy　　　　　　　　  先占，使专心于，吸引住

8.　 undue　　　　　　　　　　 过分的，非法的，不适当的

9.　 interim　　　　　　　　　  间歇；暂时的，间歇的

10.　guideline　　　　　　　　  方针，指导路线

11.　underscore　　　　　　　　 在……下面划线，强调

12.　point up　　　　　　　　　 加强，强调

13.　bluechip　　　　　　　　　 兰筹股票

14.　blue-chip　　　　　　　　  兰筹的

15.　outperform　　　　　　　  在使用上胜过

16.　overprice　　　　　　　　  将……标价过高

17.　numerical ratio　　　　　　 数率，数字比率

18.　earnings　　　　  　　　　收益，利润，收入

19.　contend　　　　　　　　　 竞争，坚决主张，争论

20.　premium　　　　　　　　  佣金，酬金

难句译注

1.　　　 The increase in the margin rate from 50% to 70% was not an attempt to stem any rampant speculation on the part of the public—actually the market seemed technically quite strong, with public participation essentially dignified—but rather an attempt by the Federal Reserve Board to preserve the sound underpinnings that existed in the market.

[结构简析] 是not…but句型，两个破折号中间是插入成分；中插入一个带with+N+participle 短语

[参考译文] 保证金率从50%增长到70%，并不是想要遏制群众方面猖獗的投机，而是联邦储备委员会想要保持现存于股市强劲基础——事实上股市由于群众非常庄严的参与——在技术上看起来相当强劲。

2.　　　 Obviously, there could be no guarantee that this would once again be the case, but if history is any guideline—and if business and corporate earnings were to continue on the same course—continued optimism over the outlook for the stock market would seem more prudent than pessimism.

[结构简析] 复合句。中间有插入语if clause, 进一步说明条件。

[参考译文] 显然，不可能保证这种情况再次出现（情况再是这样）。可是，如果历史具有指导方针的话——如果商业和公司的利润仍然保持在同样轨道上——那么对股市前景乐观似乎要比悲观更精确些。

3.　　　 The margin increase underscored the good rise that stocks had enjoyed for the previous year—and the fact that a 50% rate was maintained as long as it was pointed up the fact that the rise was mainly conservative in that it was concentrated in the blue chips for the most part.

[结构简析] 这句句子内有四个that clause：第一个that是good rise的定语从句。第二个和第三个that都是the fact that句型。但第二个the fact that中，as long as it was, 指头一年，pointed up是谓语。第四个是in that连词，义：因为。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章论述“强劲证券市场”的种种情况。首先是联邦储备委员会为保持强股市基础要求保证金率增长。这种增长过去，现在，将来都能巩固强市。其次由于绝大部分集中在兰筹股上，使股市看好上升趋于保守，引出行业股比普通股吃香。最后是投资者心情和股市强弱有关。

答案祥解

1.　　　  B. 强劲证券市场（强市）。见难句译注1和第一段第三句：“那种保证金率的增长有力的巩固了强劲证券市场。从19……年起，这种增长导致一年来股市屡创新高。

A. 买出股票的时候。　 C. 提高保证金率。　　  D. 钢的市盈率。这三项都不对，它们只是文中涉及的方面。

2.　　　  D. 他寻找高业绩（即公司的产量或投资收益）。见文章倒数第三句：“当投资者——公众和团体机构——紧张而又悲观时，他们肯定在买进股票上举棋不定；他们寻求低价格/利润倍数和高额利润。

A. 他们寻求联邦储备委员会的帮助。　B. 他们买进钢材。　 C. 他们买进汽车股票。

3.　　　  A.　因为在决定定价/利润比上难以分析。见第二段第二句：“在过去的投资保证上我们一直表达了这样的思想：行业股票在使用上可能超过普通股。我们依然相信情况可能就是这样。举例说：钢股往往在一定价格/利润比上抛出。低于一定比率，可认为股是好价值，而高于一定比率就是超价。如果一个公司就生产独一无二的产品，那市场分析就很难对公司所得定出数比。“

B. 因为股市活动受兰筹股所限。　　C. 因为行情上升保守。这两项见难句译注3。　

D. 由于联邦储备基金会的行动。

4.　　　  A. 他们寻求加速的增长。见文章倒数第二句：“同样是这些股民，当投资者（对股市前景）持乐观态度时，他们不太关注（公司的）业绩（产值）而愿意以高价来购买具有高成长性的股票。”

　　　　　　　　　 Passage Eighteen (The Military Is In)

　 Things have really changed. Not only is the military standing tall again, it is staging a remarkable comeback in the quantity and quality of the recruits it is attracting. Recruiters, once denounced by antiwar students as “baby killers” and barred from campuses, are welcomed ever at elite universities. ROTC (Reserve Officer’s Training Corps) programs, that faltered during the Viet Nam era, when protesters were fire bombing their headquarters, are flourishing again. The military academies are enjoying a steady increase in applications.

　 Certainly, the depressed economy has increased the allure of the jobs, technical training and generous student loans offered by the military. Students know that if they go in and become, say, nuclear weapons specialists, they can come out and demand a salary of $60,000 a year. Military salaries, while not always competitive with those paid for comparable jobs in the private sector, are more than respectable, especially considering the wide array of benefits that are available: free medical service, room and board, and PX (Post Exchange) privileges. Monthly pay for a recruit is  $574; for a sergeant with four years services it is $906; for a major with ten years’ service it is $2,305. The services’ slick $175 million-a-year advertising campaign promising adventure and fulfillment has helped win over the TV generation. Kids are walking down the school hallways chanting ‘Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines,’ just like in the commercials. And many military officials feel that the key difference is the enhanced patriotism among the nation’s youth. There is a return to the view that the military is an honorable profession. The days of a judge telling a miscreant to join the Army or go to jail are over. Recruiting for all four services combined is running at 101%of authorized goals. And the retention rate is now so high, that the services are refusing some re-enlistment applications and reducing annual recruiting target.

The military academics are also enjoying halcyon years, attracting more and better-qualified students. Compared to private colleges, where tuition and expenses have been climbing sharply, the service schools are a real bargain: not only is tuition free, but recruits get allowances of up to $500 a mouth. It is reported 12,300 applicants are for the 1,450 positions in this year’s freshman class. Military academies are now just as selective as any of the best universities in the country.

Nationwide, ROTC enrollment exceeds 105,000,a 64% increase over the 1974 figure. In the mid 70’s, the ROTC students refused to wear their uniforms on campus because they suffered all sorts of ridicule, if they did. Now if they wear them to class no one looks at them twice. To them, Viet Nam is ancient history, something the old folks talk about.

1.　　　 What is the main idea of this passage?

[A]. The Military is in　　　　　　  　 [B]. The Military is up

[C]. The Military is down　　　　　　  [D]. The Military is on

2.　　　 What was the attitude of the students in 1970’s towards the military?

[A]. Approval.　　 [B]. Indifferent.　　　[C]. Distaste.　　 [D]. Scolding.

3.　　　 The phrase “come out” is closest in meaning to

[A]. “become  visible”.　　　　　　　 [B]. “begin to grow”.

[C]. “be made public”.　　　　　　　  [D]. “gain a certain position”.

4.　　　 Which one of the following is NOT mentioned as a reason to attract students.

[A]. Free tuition.　 　　　　　　　　　[B]. Spacious room.

[C]. Considerate allowance.　　　　　　 [D]. Technical training.

Vocabulary

1.　 stage a comeback　　　　　　 再度走红，卷土重来

2.　 standing tall　　　　　　　　 站得高

3.　 babykiller　　　　　　　　　 杀婴犯人

4.　 denounce　　　　　　　　　 谴责

5.　 elite　　　　　　　　　　　 杰出的，名牌的

6.　 ROTC=Reserve Office’s Training Cope　　　　　　　 (美)后备军官训练队

7.　 falter　　　　　　　 　　　　动摇不定，踌躇不前

8.　 flourish　　　　　　　　　　 繁荣兴旺

9.　 allure　　　　　　　　　　　 诱惑

10.　come out　　　　　　　　　  进入社交界，扬名

11.　the wide array　　　　　　　  一大批，一大半

12.　PX=Post Exchange　　　　　  陆军消费合作社

13.　sergeant　　　　　　　　　　 中士

14.　major　　　　　　　　　　　 少校

15.　slick　　　　　　　　　　　  聪明的，非常好的，吸引人的

16.　hallway　　　　　　　　　　 门厅，过道

17.　chant　　　　　　　　　　　 单调重复的说话（唱歌）

18.　miscreant　　　　　　　　　 无赖，恶棍

19.　retention rate　　　　　　　　 继续服役率，服役期满不退役的比例

20.　real bargain　　　　　　　　  好买卖，十分划算

难句译注

1.　　　 The services’ slick $175 million-a-year advertising campaign promising adventure and fulfillment has helped win over the TV generation.

[结构简析]　句子的主语是campaign. 这里指大规模的广告（advertising campaign）。Promising 修饰 campaign。

2.　　　 The days of a judge telling a miscreant to join the Army or go to jail are over.

[参考译文]　由法官判一名无赖不去当兵就得坐牢的日子过去了。

3.　　　 And the retention rate is now so high, that the services are refusing some re-enlistment applications and reducing annual recruiting target.

[结构简析]　so …that 句型。

[参考译文]　超役留队率现在很高，所以各个军种都要拒绝一些再入伍申请，并降低年度招兵指标。

写作方法与文章大意

这是论述军队在美国地位提高的文章，主要采用因果写法，中插对比。

答案祥解

1.　　　  A. 军队又吃香了。To be in 有“流行，时髦”之义。全篇文章围绕这一点而写。文章一开头就点名宗旨“事情真的变了，军队形象不仅高大，招收新兵的质量和数量明显得到恢复。”第二段开始：“可以肯定，经济萧条使得军队提供就业，技术训练和对学生慷慨贷款提高了诱惑力……。”第二段倒数第七句“许多军官感到关键性的变化是这个国家青年中的爱国心增强，当兵是一个荣誉职业的看法又恢复了。”都表示吃香。

B. to be up 有“完了，完毕，上涨”等义。　　C. to be down 有“消沉，落魄，下降”等义。　　　　D. to be on 有“上演，开着”等义。这里都讲不通。

2.　　　  C. 厌恶。答案在第一段第二句“招兵人员曾一度被反战学生谴责为‘杀婴犯’而拒之校园之外，现在甚至名牌大学都欢迎。后备军官训练队计划在越战时期曾动摇不定，抗议的人向部队投掷燃烧弹，如今又兴旺起来。”最后一段第二句“70年代中期，后备军官训练队学生不愿在校内穿制服，因为穿了就遭到各种嘲笑。”这些都说明70年代，学生对军队的态度是“厌恶”。所以

A. 赞成，　　　　B. 漠不关心，　　　　  D. 漫骂，都不对。

3.　　　  获得地位。To come out 有 to gain certain position 获得（名次，地位）之义，也有appear, to be seen （出现，看得见）之义。这里的上下文，只能是D. 第二段第二句“学生们知道，要是参军，当上譬如核武器专家，他们就能扬名并可要求6万美元年薪。”

A. 看得见，　　　 B. 开始成长，　　　　C. 公开。

4.　　　  B. 宽敞的房间。

A. 免学费。　　　 C. 相当高的津贴。　　 D. 技术培训，都提到过。第二段开始“可以肯定，经济萧条使得军队提供就业，技术训练以及对学生慷慨贷款等的诱惑力增大。”第三句“军队薪金尽管比不是私人公司中类似工作的工资，但已经很可观了，尤其考虑到军队里有一系列的福利待遇，如免费医疗，膳宿，军人消费合作社特惠等。”第三段“军事院校招收的学生数量多了，质量好，年头也就好过。私立大学里，学费和各类费用一直急剧上升，相比之下，上军事院校确实便宜，不仅学费全面，新生每月还可拿5百美元的补贴。

　　　　  Passage Nineteen (Creative Process of Works)

The great question that this paper will, but feebly, attempt to answer is , what is the creative process?

Though much theory has accumulated, little is really known about the power that lies at the bottom of poetic creation. It is true that great poets and artists produce beauty by employing all the powers of personality and by fusing emotions, reason, and intuitions. But what is the magical synthesis that joins and arranges these complex parts into poetic unity?

John L.Lowes, in his justly famous “The Road to Xanadu,” developed one of the earliest and still generally acceptable answers to this tantalizing question. Imaginative creation, he concludes, is a complex process in which the conscious and unconscious minds jointly operate. “There is…the deep well with its chaos of fortuitously blending images; but there is likewise the Vision which sees shining in and through the chaos of the potential lines of Form, and with the Vision, the controlling Will. Which gives to that potential beauty actuality.”

The Deep Well is the unconscious mind that is peopled with the facts, ideas, feelings of the conscious activity. The imaginative vision, an unconscious activity, shines through the land of chaos, of lights and shadows, silently seeking pattern and form. Finally, the conscious mind again, through Will, captures and embodies the idea in the final work of art. In this way is unity born out of chaos.

Though there can be no absolute certainty, there is general agreement that the periods in the development of a creative work parallel, to some extent, Lowes’ theory of Well, Vision, Form, and Will. There are at least three stages in the creative process: preparation, inspiration, work.

In a sense, the period of preparation is all of the writer’s life. It is the Deep Well. It is the Deep Well. It is especially a period of concentration which gives the unconscious mind an opportunity to communicate with the conscious mind. When remembrance of things past reach the conscious level of the writer’s mind, he is ready to go on with the process. Part of this preparation involves learning a medium—learning a language, learning how to write, learning literary forms. It is important to mot here that form cannot be imposed upon the idea. Evidence, though sparse, shows that the idea gives birth to the form that can best convey it. It is the Vision, according to Lowes, ” which sees shining in and through the chaws of the potential lines of from … ”

1.　　　 When remembrance of things past reach the conscious level, the post has reached the stage called

[A]. Well.　　　[B]. Vision.　　　 [C]. Form.　　　　[D]. Will.

2.　　　 Which of the following statements is TRUE?

[A]. The form determines the subject matter.

[B]. The idea determines the form.

[C]. Vision makes beauty an actuality.

[D]. A writer is unconscious when he prepares his work.

3.　　　 The word “fortuitously” in the third paragraph means

[A]. accidentally.　　　　[B]. luckily.　　　　 [C]. thoroughly.　　　　 [D]. potentially.

4.　　　 The remembrance of things past is carried on in the

[A]. Deep Well.　　　　　　　　　　 [B]. Vision.

[C]. Chaotic lights and shadows.　　　　[D]. Conscious mind.

Vocabulary

1.　 fuse　　　　　　　　　　  融化，结合

2.　 intuition　　　　　　　　 　直觉

3.　 Xanadu　　　　　　　　  是一个非常美的，田园诗般的地方。美国诗人Sanul T Coleridge还根据这地方写了一首诗，“Kubla Khan” 忽必烈汗（即元世祖）

4.　 John　L. Lowes　　　　　  1876——1945年美国学者，批评家及教师

5.　 tantalizing　　　　　　　　 引起好奇心的，可望不可及的，逗人得

6.　 fortuitous　　　　　　　　  偶然的，幸运的

7.　 parallel　　　　　　　　　 相应于

8.　 sparse　　　　　　　　　  稀少，稀疏

9.　 synthesis　　　　　　　　  综合，综合法

难句译注

1.　　　  …by employing all the powers of personality and by fusing emotions, reason, and intuitions.

[参考译文] 运用个人（品格）的全部力量，把情感，理智和直觉融会贯通结合在一起。

2.　　　  …still generally acceptable answers to this tantalizing question.

[参考译文] 现在仍然是众所接受对这些可望不可及问题的答案。

3.　　　  There is…the deep well with its chaos of fortuitously blending images; but there is likewise the Vision which sees shining in and through the chaos of the potential lines of Form, and with the Vision, the controlling Will. Which gives to that potential beauty actuality.

[结构简析] 注意介词短语和定从。With its chaos…, 是修饰deep well. Which sees shinning 定语从句修饰Vision.　And 后的with the vision, 却是状语。Which gives 又是定从，修饰Will.

[参考译文] 有……那充满了混乱的偶然交织在一起的形象的深静；但同样也有那洞察力，看到在混乱中熠熠生辉的潜在的形式线索，由于有这样的洞察力便有那控制一切的意志把潜在的美变成真实的（诗歌）篇章。

4.　　　  lights and shadows　　　 艺术上有 light and shade　明和暗。这里也是指明和暗。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章论述“创作过程”。开门见山就提出“什么是创作”。主要是引用了罗斯的Road to Xanadu 一书来说明创作过程。首先是创作的源泉，洞察分辨，最后意志赋予写作。

答案祥解

1.　　　  D. 意志。第三段倒数第二句“最终又是意识的思维，通过意志，在其最终的艺术作品中捕捉和体现了这种思想观念”。第五段第三句：“当作者回溯以往事情达到了有意识的水平时，他就具备（准备）了继续创作进程的条件。这种准备工作中有一部分涉及学习媒介——学习一种语言，学习如何写，学习文学形式。”第二段都体现了意志是有意识思维的集中表现。

A. 源泉，来源，顾名思义，也是最初的东西。　　 B. 洞察力，视觉。　　 C.形式。这三项选择在第二，三段集中说明，见难句译注3及第四题答案。

2.　　　  B. 思想观念决定形式。这在最后一段倒数第四句：部分准备工作涉及学习媒介——学习语言，学习如何写，学习文学形式之后“这里要注意文学形式不能强加于思想观念。有证据，虽然很少，表明思想观念产生适合传递它的文学形式。

A. 形式决定主题。　　　C. 形象使美变得真实。　　　D. 作者在准备写作时处于无意识状态。难句译注3和第四题答案都说明了这三项选择是不对的。

3.　　　  A.  偶然的。

B. 幸运的，fortuitously一词确实有幸运的之义。但这里上下文含义是A，见难句译注3。

C. 彻底的，透彻的。　　　　 D. 潜在的，可能的。

4.　　　  A. 深井（深层的源泉）。见难句译注3和第三句“深层的源泉是无意识思维，内中塞满了各种事实，观点，意识活动的情感。富有想象力的洞察力是一种无意识的活动，在杂乱的土壤中闪烁光辉，忽明忽暗，默默的探索模式和形式。最后，又是有意识的思维，通过意志……。”这里说明回溯过去是在深井阶段进行。

B. 视觉，是在探索表现形式。 C. 杂乱的光亮和阴影，明面和暗面。 D. 有意识思维

　　　　　 　　　Passage Twenty (NCB in Interpol)

The organization known to the world as Interpol has sometimes been described as an outfit of chisel-jawed gimlet-eyed crime fighters who put their lives in jeopardy every working hour. Less flatteringly, Interpol has also been described as a huge filing cabinet, stuffed with clerks choking on their own statistics.

As with most generalities, there is some truth in both statements. There are, certainly, some grim battlers of crime to be found working with Interpol. There are, just as surely, those drones shuffling mountains of paper whose cheeks are sallow from indoor life. Consider the charisma of the name alone: INTERPOL, the international police force. Continents leaped in a single bound, oceans crossed in the space of a breath, villains watched by eyes that never sleep. Surprisingly, a lot of it happens almost that way.

Four groups coordinate and direct the activities of Interpol. One of them is the National Central Bureaus, or NCBs, bodies designated by the member nations to serve as their link with Interpol. These are the front-line troops, the action people. IN the United States, the Treasury Department is the National Central Bureau. In the United Kingdom, it is Scotland Yard; the Questura in Italy and the Melbourne City Police in Australia. Because police organization varies from country, the NCBs were established to act as the one special group to handle Interpol chores and unsure maximum cooperation between nations. Each NCB is usually an official government body with police powers if a country has only one central police authority, that body becomes the National Centre Bureau. Of course, any service appointed as an NCB is bound to its nation’s law and authority and retains its national title.

Each NCB is connected by radio to the regional station for its geographic zone. The regional stations are connected to the Central Station in France. The radio network is versatile. Network stations can monitor the Central station or any regional station. Because of this messages can be broadcast to more than one station at a time. A coding system determines the urgency of each message so that those with high priority can be given precedence. Besides, other communication tools, such as radio-teleprinters and phototelegraphy equipment. Permit rapid transfers of fingerprints and photographs. Sometimes ever more advanced technology is employed. When the police all over the world were looking for a Canadian named George Leray, they turned to the Early Bird Satellite. Leray had led his gang on a daring holdup of a Montreal bank and gotten away with $4 million. Scotland Yard broadcast Leray’s photo to the world by satellite. An American who saw the picture in Florida recognized Leray as a man who was living on a yacht in Fort Lauderdale under an assumed name. The police were alerted and arrested Leray.

1.　　　 What is the best title for this passage?

[A]. The Function of the Interpol.　　　　　 [B]. The Quality of the Interpol.

[C]. The Organization of the Interpol.　　　　[D]. The Rapid Development of the Interpol.

2.　　　 The organization of this passage is

[A]. general to specific.　　　　　　　　　 [B]. cause and effect.

[C]. comparison and contrast.　　　　　　  [D]. development.

3.　　　 The sentence “stuffed with clerks choking on their own statistics” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to

[A]. a lot of employees busying in their work.

[B]. many office workers busying with various documents.

[C]. crowded with office workers busying with their own collected data.

[D]. workers busying in their own information.

4.　　　 Which is the easiest tool to communicate?

[A]. Satellite.　　　　　　　　　　　  [B]. Radio.

[B]. Teleprinter.　　　　　　　　　　  [D]. Phototelegraphy.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 Interpol　　　　　　　　　　　　　 国际刑警组织

2.　　　　　 outfit 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　全班人马，有组织团体

3.　　　　　 chisel-jawed 　　　　　　　　　　　仪表英俊的

4.　　　　　 gimlet-eyed　　　　　　　　　　　  目光锐利的

5.　　　　　 jeopardy　　　　　　　　　　　　  危险

6.　　　　　 flatteringly　　　　　　　　　　　  奉承

7.　　　　　 choke　　　　　　　　　　　　　  闷死

　　　　　 choking on their own statistics  被自己的统计数字弄的喘不过气来

8.　　　　　 as with most generalities　　　　　　 和大多数笼统说法一样

9.　　　　　 grim　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 冷酷的

10.　　　 drone　　　　　　　　　　　　　  懒汉，懒洋洋的人

11.　　　 shuffle　　　　　　　　　　　　　 反复挪动，乱翻，洗（纸牌）

12.　　　 charisma　　　　　　　　　　　　 超凡的魅力

13.　　　 National Central Bureaus　　　　　　 国家中心局

14.　　　 Treasury Department　　　　　　　  财政部（美）

15.　　　 Questura　　　　　　　　　　　　  警察局（意）

16.　　　 Melbourne　　　　　　　　　　　　 墨尔本警察局

17.　　　 chore　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 日常零星工作

18.　　　 to be bound to 　　　　　　　　　　 受……的约束，义务，一定……

19.　　　 geographic zone　　　　　　　　　  地区，地带

20.　　　 versatile　 　　　　　　　　　　　 有多方面用途的

21.　　　 radio-teleprinter　　　　　　　　　  无线电打印机

22.　　　 phototelegraph　　　　　　　　　　 传真

23.　　　 daring　　　　　　　　　　　　　  大胆的

24.　　　 holdup 　　　　　　　　　　　　　抢劫

25.　　　 alert　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  使警惕，使处于待命状态

难句译注

1.　　　 The organization known to the world as Interpol has sometimes been described as an outfit of chisel-jawed gimlet-eyed crime fighters who put their lives in jeopardy every working hour. Less flatteringly, Interpol has also been described as a huge filing cabinet, stuffed with clerks choking on their own statistics.

[结构简析] 两个句子都是被动语气，都有分词短语。前一句known 修饰organization，后一句stuffed 修饰 cabinet.

[参考译文] 闻名于世的国际刑警组织长被描述成一群仪表英俊，目光犀利和罪犯斗争的战士的群体组织。他们的生命无时无刻不处于危险之中。国际刑警组织也被描述为一个大型的档案室，里面挤满了工作人员，他们被自己的统计数字忙得喘不过气来。

2.　　　 There are, certainly, some grim battlers of crime to be found working with Interpol. There are, just as surely, those drones shuffling mountains of paper whose cheeks are sallow from indoor life.

[结构简析] 这是两个句子，都是引导词there句型。

[参考译文] 这里肯定能见到和罪犯斗争的冷酷无情的斗士在国际刑警组织工作，同样可以肯定，这里有那些懒洋洋的人在翻动如山的文件档案，他们的脸颊由于室内生活而消瘦如刀。

3.　　　 Continents leaped in a single bound, oceans crossed in the space of a breath, villains watched by eyes that never sleep.

[结构简析] 这是省略句。正常句型应该是Continents are leaped in…，Oceans are crossed in…, villains are watched by …。

[参考译文] 大洲可一步跨过。大洋可以在转眼之间越过，坏蛋可以由日夜不眠的眼睛紧盯着。

4.　　　 These are the front-line troops, the action people.

[参考译文] 这些人是前线军，具体行动的人（执行人）。

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇介绍国际刑警组织的文章。采用一般到具体的写作方法。头二段是对国际刑警组织的一般介绍，后面是具体到NCB，组成国际刑警组织四个部门之一——国家中心局是各国负责和国际刑警保持联系部门，如英国的苏格兰场，美国的财政部等，最后一段讲联系的多种渠道和方式方法。

答案祥解

1.　　　  C. 国际刑警组织。上面文章大意已经说明介绍国际刑警组织，其职能性质只是附带涉及。所以

A. B. 不对。　　D. 迅速发展，文章没有涉及。

2.　　　  A. 文章是一般到具体的组织结构。

B. 因果　 和　　C. 对比。　不对。　　D. 展开，任何文章都得展开。

3.　　　  C. stuff=crowd　办公室挤满了工作人员，忙于分析处理收集来的信息和数据。见难句译注1参考译文。

A. 有许多雇员忙于工作；　B. 许多办公室人员忙于各种文件；　 D. 忙于自己信息的工人。　 这三项都没有。

4.　B. 无线电通讯。纵然第四段内提及种种手段：卫星，无线电，打印机，传真电报。但无线电通讯仍是他们运用的最方便和最得力的工具，因为他们的无线电网络灵活多用，网络站能监控中央和各地区站点，而且一次能把信息传至好几台。至于卫星，电报，传真电报只是在特殊情况下运行，如快速传送照片，指纹等。所以A. 卫星， C. 无线电打印机， D. 传真电报，不对。

Passage Twenty-one (The Result of the Falling US Dollar)

　 Like a ticking time bomb, the falling dollar has grabbed the attention of Japan and West Germany, forcing them to consider adopting economic polices the United States advocates. The U.S. government wants the dollar to fall because as the dollar declines in value against the yen and Deutsche mark, U.S. good becomes cheaper. U.S. companies then sell more at home and abroad, and U.S. trade deficit declines. Cries for trade protection abate, and the global free-trade system is preserved.

　 Then, the cheaper dollar makes it cheaper for many foreign investors to snap up U.S. stocks. That prompts heavy buying from abroad—especially from Japan. Also, if the trade picture is improving, that means U.S. companies eventually will be more competitive. Consequently, many investors are buying shares of export-oriented U.S. companies in anticipation of better profits in the next year or so. But that is a rather faddish notion right now; if corporate earnings are disappointing in interest rates, the stock market rally could stall.

　 Improving U.S. competitiveness means a decline in another’s competitiveness.

　 Japan and West Germany are verging on recession. Their export-oriented economies are facing major problems. Japan is worried about the damage the strong yen will do to Japanese trade. West Germany is also worried. Share prices in Frankfurt plummeted this past week. Bonn is thought to be considering a cut in interest rates to boost its economy.

　 Could the falling dollar get out of hand? If the dollar falls too far, investors might lose confidence in U.S. investments—especially the government bond market. The money to finance　 the federal budget and trade deficits could migrate elsewhere. Inflation could flare up, too, since Japanese and German manufacturers will eventually pass along price hikes—and U.S. companies might follow suit to increase their profit margins. The U.S. federal Reserve then might need to step in and stabilize the dollar by raising interest rates. And higher interest rates could cause the U.S. economy to slow down and end the Wall Street Rally.

Worried about these side effects, Federal Reserve chairman Paul Volcher has said the dollar has fallen far enough. What is the equilibrium level? Probably near where it is or slightly lower. It all depends on when the U.S. trade deficit turns around or if investors defect from U.S. Treasury Bonds. “It requires a good deal of political patience on the part of the U.S. Congress,” says Dr. Cline, “And there must be an expectation of patience on the part of private investors. The chance are relatively good that we will avoid an investor break or panic.”

1.　　　  What is the main idea of this passage?

[A]. The impression of the falling U.S. dollar.

[B]. The result of the U.S. falling dollar.

[C]. The side effect of U.S. falling dollar.

[D]. Japan and West Germany are worried about U.S. falling dollar.

2.　　　  What does the word “rally” mean.

[A]. prosperity.　　　[B]. decline.　　　　[C]. richness.　　　  [D]. import.

3.　　　  Why are Japan and West Germany worried about the falling dollar?

[A]. Because the falling dollar may cause inflation in their countries.

[B]. Because it may force them to sell a lot of U.S, stocks.

[C]. Because it may do damage to their trade.

[D]. Because it may make Japanese company less competitive.

4.　　　  If　dollar-falling got out of hand, and the U.S. Federal Reserve might step in , what would happen?

[A]. The prosperity of the U.S. economy would disappear.

[B]. The U.S. economy might face serious problems.

[C]. Investors might lose confidence in U.S. investments.

[D].Inflation could flare up.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 ticking　　　　　　　　　　　　  　　　滴答作响的

2.　　　　　 grab　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  抓住

3.　　　　　 abate　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 减弱

4.　　　　　 snap up　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 争购，抢购

5.　　　　　 heavy buying　　　　　　　　　　　　  大量买进

6.　　　　　 export-oriented　　　　　　　　　　　　 以出口为方向的

7.　　　　　 in anticipation of 　　　　　　　　　　　期待，预期

8.　　　　　 faddish　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 一时流行的

9.　　　　　 spree　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  无节制的疯狂行为

10.　　　 buying spree　　　　　　　　　　　　　 狂购乱买

11.　　　 plummet　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  垂直落下，骤然跌落，暴跌

12.　　　 stall　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  停滞

13.　　　 verge　　 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　处于……边缘

14.　　　 verging on recession　　　　　　　　　　 正处于衰退的边缘

15.　　　 boost　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 振兴，吹捧

16.　　　 bond market　　　　　　　　　　　　　 债券市场

17.　　　 flare up　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 突然闪耀，发火，爆发

18.　　　 hike　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  　　提高，增加

19.　　　 follow suit　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 照着做，跟出同花色的牌

20.　　　 profit margin　　　　　　　　　　　　　 利润幅度

21.　　　 step in　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 介入

22.　　　 rally　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  繁荣

23.　　　 equilibrium　　　　　　　　　　　　　  平衡，均势

24.　　　 defect　　　　　　 　　　　　　　　　 逃跑，开小差

25.　　　 break or panic　　　　　　　　　　　　  崩溃或大恐慌

 

难句译注

1.　cries for trade protection　　　　　 贸易保护的呼声

2.　the global free-trade system　　　　 全球自由贸易体系

3.　that is a rather faddish notion right now　　　只是一时流行的概念

4.　get out of hand　　　　　　　　　　  失控

5.　What is the equilibrium level? Probably near where it is or slightly lower.　　　 什么是平衡水平？可能是接近现在水平或者稍低一些。

6.　trade deficit　　　 贸易赤字，贸易逆差。

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇论述“美元下跌的后果”的文章，采用对比，顺序，因果等写作。先提出问题：美元下跌，美国得利有二：一是（第一段）商品便宜，销售量大，赤字下降，全球自由贸易体系保住。二是（第二段）外国投资者会抢购美国股票。总之，美国竞争力加强。

这两段中都有对比。第一段美国和日本的对比，开头“就像滴答作响的定时炸弹，日见下跌的美元抓住了日本和西德的注意力，迫使他们考虑采取美国提出的经济政策。“第二段是美国本身之利弊对比。“……许多外国投资者抢购出口导向的美国股票，期望在下一年左右的时间里得到较多的利润。如果公司收益在今后几个季度里令人失望的话，这种买进古片的狂热行为就可能消失。最后，如果美元价格直线下跌导致利率上升，股票市场价格回升就会停顿。“ 后面两段是这两段负效应的进一步论证。

答案祥解

1.　　　 B. 美元下跌的结果。全篇文章都讲的美元下跌的后果。

A. 美元下跌的印象。　　C. 美元下跌的副作用，均不对。　 因为还讲述了有利的一面。　　　　D. 日本的、西德担忧美元下跌，这只是其中的部分内容。

2.　　　 A.　繁荣。第五段“美元下跌是否会失控：如果美元下跌过多，投资者可能会失去对美国投资的信心，特别是对美国的债务市场。对联邦政府预算和贸易赤字提供的资金可能移向其它市场，因为日本和西德厂商最终会将上涨的价格转嫁出去，美国公司也可能这么做，以提高其市场利润幅度，从而使通货膨胀再次爆发。美国联邦储备委员会这时可能需要介入，提高利率来稳定美元。而较高利率会导致美国经济减慢，华尔街的繁荣行将结束。”

B. 衰退。　　  C. 富有。　　　　 D. 出口，都不是rally之含义。

3.　　　 C. 因为下跌对他们贸易有损害。第三段“改善美国竞争力意味着其他国家的竞争力下降。”第四段，“日本和西德正濒于经济衰退的边缘。其出口导向的经济正在面临严重问题。日本担心由于日元坚挺而给其贸易带来损害，西德也在发愁。上个星期，法兰克福股市价格暴跌。据说，波恩已在考虑降低利率以振兴其经济。

A. 美元下跌会使他们国家通货膨胀。没有正式提到, 内涵只是贸易带来的其他具体问题。　　　　B. 它可能迫使他们卖掉许多美国股票。　 D. 这可能使日本竞争力下降。问题是提出两国，不单单是日本。

4.　　　 A. 美国经济繁荣消失，见第2题答案A的注释。

B. 美国经济可能面临严重问题。太笼统。　　　 C. 投资者可能对在美国投资失去信心。这不是美国联邦储备委员会介入后发生之事。　 D. 通货膨胀全面爆发。这也是介入之后果。

Passage Twenty-two (Pantomime)

Pantomimes like pageants, need to be very well planned, and it is essential that initial organization should begin many weeks in advance of the production date. Pantomimes are nearly always divided into separate scenes, very often taking place in different countries or even in different centuries. It is therefore necessary that there should be an overall unity of design culminating in the grand finale. This latter is really just an excuse for visual effects, and for once the performers become merely cloths hangers on which to put elaborate garments.

The scene should be discussed at some length with the producer so that the background, which is decided upon, does not present impossibilities for the provision of costumes within the budget or insuperable making problems for the wardrobe. Because of the large numbers of costumes needed full use must be made of the cheapest materials available, such as tarlatan (thin, stiff, open-weave muslin) nets and inexpensive cottons and taffetas. Very often it is possible to pick up goods that have been substantially reduced in price as cheap lines either in the big stores or on stalls in street markets.

Costumes for pantomimes need to be imaginative, gay and fairly bold in conception—this does not mean that they need to be garish. Usually in one scene there needs to be the flavor of what is newest at the moment in clothes. It is always a good idea to make use of a modern gimmick and to point it in some way if this can be conveniently fitted into the scheme. The audience comes to pantomime to have the eye feasted as much as for any other purpose, thus making a great chance for the designer to excel. Because of the very varied audience to be catered for there must be costumes to please patrons of all ages and delight the eyes of toddlers, teenagers, parents and grandparents.

Usually there is the chance for some country scene involving merry-making peasants in ginghams, stripes of chintzes. There may be a military or naval routine or some number emphasizing precision and calling for trim slick costumes. There is certain to be a ballet which is to look fairy-like or romantic and pretty and which may well need either classical or romantic tutus. The finale, which must be the most spectacular of all, is often set in a ballroom or palace where all the characters come together to make their final bows; and it is for this scene that the glitter of sequins and jewels, the sparkle of tinsel, the gold and silver materials and the waving plumes should be saved.

It may be helpful to examine the different characters and the various scenes in which they are likely to appear. They remain much the same in all pantomimes; the flavor varying according to the setting—so that a s\dash of the Orient, or the particular feeling of a historical epoch is added to the standard costume.

1.　　　  Which word can best describe the final scene in pantomime?

[A]. Spectacular.　　　[B]. Beautiful.　　　　 [C]. Romantic.　　  [D]. Sparkling.

2.　　　  What is the best title for this passage?

[A]. How to Gain Success of a Pantomime.

[B]. The Most Important Factors in a Pantomime.

[C]. Pantomime needs to have a very-well.

[D]. How to Make Preparation for a Pantomime.

3.　　　  What does paragraph two imply?

[A]. It implies actor and actress outnumber costume.

[B]. It implies costume costs too much.

[C]. It implies the funds available is on meager side.

[D]. It implies a good plan is necessary for a pantomime.

4.　　　  The success of a pantomime lie in

[A]. well-planned preparation.　　　　　  [B]. excellent actors.

[C]. brilliant costume.　　　　　　　　　 [D]. harmony.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 culminate　　　　　　　　　　　 达到顶点，达到最高潮

2.　　　　　 insuperable　　　　　　　　　　 不可逾越的，不可克服的

3.　　　　　 tarlatan　　　　　　　　　　　　 薄纱，塔拉丹

4.　　　　　 taffeta　　　　　　　　　　　　  花花绿绿的塔夫绸，衬绸

5.　　　　　 gimmick　　　　　　　　　　　 （魔术师道具等）暗机关，

6.　　　　　 garish　　　　　  　　　　　　　装饰（物） 鲜艳夺目的，俗不可耐的

7.　　　　　 gingham　　　　　　　　　　　  方格花布

8.　　　　　 stripe　　　　　　　　　　　　  条纹布，斜纹布

9.　　　　　 chintz　　　　　　　　　　　　  擦光印花棉布

10.　　　 slick　　　　　　　　　　　　　 光滑的，打扮漂亮的，华而不实的，讨人喜欢的

11.　　　 tutu　　　　　　　　　　　　　 （芭蕾舞女演员）短裙

12.　　　 sequin　　　 　　　　　　　　　 装饰服装用的圆形小金属片

13.　　　 tinsel　　　　　　　　　　　　　 金银丝织品，闪亮装饰品

难句译注

1.　　　 This latter is really just an excuse for visual effects, and for once the performers become merely cloths hangers on which to put elaborate garments.

[结构简析] for once= for just once 就这一次

[参考译文] 后者确实就是为了视觉效果，就这一次，演员成了仅仅是套上精致衣服的衣架子。

2.　　　 Usually in one scene there needs to be the flavor of what is newest at the moment in clothes. It is always a good idea to make use of a modern gimmick and to point it in some way if this can be conveniently fitted into the scheme.

[结构简析] 两句句子。To make use of 利用，to point 强调。

[参考译文] 一般说来，在一幕里，需要有当时服装上最新款式和风格。如果便于和演出设计相吻合的话，利用当时的机关并给以适当突出也不失为好办法。

3.　　　 The audience comes to pantomime to have the eye feasted as much as for any other purpose, thus making a great chance for the designer to excel。

[结构简析] 注意后面thus making…的译法。

[参考译文] 观众来看哑剧，不仅为了大饱眼福，还有其它目的。这就给了设计者展示才能超越别人的大好机会。

写作方法与文章大意

　 这是一篇论述哑剧准备工作的文章。文章一开始就点明主题。然后从钱，剧幕，服装，色彩，情趣等方面加以阐明，手法多种。

答案祥解

1.　　　  A. 最后一幕非常壮观。文章内两处提到，第一段第二句“哑剧几乎总是分成独立的几幕，常常是发生在不同的国家和不同的世纪，因此，在宏伟的最后一幕有一个达到高潮完整统一设计。”第四段第四行末尾“最后一幕，必须是全戏最壮观的，地点常常是在舞厅或者皇宫，聚集着所有的演员，以备谢幕。”

B. 美丽的。　　  C. 浪漫的。　　　　 D. 灿烂的，都只是壮观中之一部分。

2.　　　  D. 如何为哑剧做好准备工作。文章一开始“哑剧，像露天演出剧一样，需要很好策划，应在演出前好几个星期作好最初的组织工作……。”后面几段都是围绕这一中心而写。

A. 如何获取哑剧的成功，文中提得很少但准备的目的是获得成功。　　B. 哑剧的最重要的因素。　　 C. 哑剧需要一个很好的设计，都是准备工作中提及的部分内容。

3.　　　  C. 隐射能得到的资金很少。第二段“剧幕场景应和舞台监督进行详细的讨论。这样决定下来的场景不会出现预算内金额不能提供服装，或剧团服装难以供应的问题。由于需要剧装量大，要充分利用能得到的最便宜的材料，类似薄纱，低价棉布和衬绸之类。可以在大商店或马路地摊上选购一些降价的便宜货品。”这一段说明他们的资金相当少，所以C 正确。

A. 演员认输超过了服装数。　　  B. 服装太贵，文中都没有提到。也不是第二段的内涵。　　 D. 哑剧需要一个好计划。一开始就点明，不用隐射。

4.　　　  A. 充分计划好的准备工作。如果没有计划，其他三点都谈不上。因为

B. 优秀演员。　　 C. 华丽的戏装。　　　　D. 和谐，都四计划内考虑的因素。

　　　　　 Passage Twenty-three (Women and Fashions)

Whenever you see an old film, even one made as little as ten years ago, you cannot help being struck by the appearance of the women taking part. Their hair-styles and make-up look dated; their skirts look either too long or too short; their general appearance is, in fact, slightly ludicrous. The men taking part in the film, on the other hand, are clearly recognizable. There is nothing about their appearance to suggest that they belong to an entirely different age.

This illusion is created by changing fashions. Over the year, the great majority of men have successfully resisted all attempts to make them change their style of dress. The same cannot be said for women. Each year a few so- called top designers in Paris or London lay down the law and women the whole world over rush to obey. The decrees of the designers are unpredictable and dictatorial. This year, they decide in their arbitrary fashion, skirts will be short and waists will be high; zips are in and buttons are out. Next year the law is reversed and far from taking exception, no one is even mildly surprised.

If women are mercilessly exploited year after year, they have only themselves to blame. Because they shudder at the thought of being seen in public in clothes that are out of fashion, they are annually black-mailed by the designers and the big stores. Clothes, which have been worn, only a few times have to be discarded because of the dictates of fashion. When you come to think of it, only a women is capable of standing in front of a wardrobe packed full of clothes and announcing sadly that she has nothing to wear.

Changing fashions are nothing more than the deliberate creation of waste. Many women squander vast sums of money each year to replace clothes that have hardly been worn. Women, who cannot afford to discard clothing in this way, waste hours of their time altering the dresses they have. Hem-limes are taken up or let down; waist-lines are taken in or let out; neck-lines are lowered or raised, and so on.

No one can claim that the fashion industry contributes anything really important to society. Fashion designers are rarely concerned with vital things like warmth, comfort and durability. They are only interested in outward appearance and they take advantage of the fact that women will put up with any amount of discomfort, providing they look right. There can hardly be a man who hasn’t at some time in his life smiled at the sight of a woman shivering in a flimsy dress on a wintry day, or delicately picking her way through deep snow in dainty shoes.

When comparing men and women in the matter of fashion, the conclusions to be drawn are obvious. Do the constantly changing fashions of women’s clothes, one wonders, reflect basic qualities of fickleness and instability? Men are too sensible to let themselves be bullied by fashion designers. Do their unchanging styles of dress reflect basic qualities of stability and reliability? That is for you to decide.

1.　　　 The main idea of this passage is

[A]. New fashions in clothes reflect the qualities of women.

[B]. New fashions in clothing are created solely for commercial exploitation of women.

[C]. The top designers seem to have the right to creating new fashion.

[D]. Men have the basic quality of reliability.

2.　　　 Why do the general appearance of actresses look ludicrous?

[A]. Because they want their appearance in the fashion.

[B]. Because the top designers want them to follow the fashion.

[C]. Because the top designers want them to make fashion.

[D]. Because the top designers want them to lead the fashion.

3.　　　 Why are women mercilessly exploited by the fashion designers?

[A]. They love new fashion.　　　　　 [B]. They love new clothes.

[C]. They want to look beautiful.　　　 [D]. They are too vain.

4.　　　 What are fashion designers interested in?

[A]. Outward appearance.　　　　　　 [B]. Comfort.

[C]. Beauty.　　　　　　　　　　　  [D]. Durability.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 dated　　　　　　　　　　　　 　 过时的

2.　　　　　 decree　　　　　　　　　　　　　 法令，命令

3.　　　　　 dictatorial　　　　　　　　　　　  专制的，惟我独尊的

4.　　　　　 arbitrary　　　　　　　　　　　　 任意的，专横的

5.　　　　　 take exception (at)　　　　　　　　 生气，发怒

6.　　　　　 take exception to (against)　　　　　 对……提出异议

7.　　　　　 dictates (pl)　　　　　　　　　　  意旨，命令，指令

8.　　　　　 squander　　　　　　　　　　　　 浪费

9.　　　　　 hem 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　褶边，折缝，镶边

10.　　　  flimsy　　　　　　　　　　　　　 薄的，没有价值的

11.　　　  dainty　　　　　　　　　　　　　 雅致的，讲究的

12.　　　  fickle　　　　　　　　　　　　　 易变的，轻浮的

13.　　　  bully　　　　　　　　　　　　　  欺负

14.　　　  lay down the law　　　　　 （制定法律）这里指服装设计师发号施令或定出条条框框

难句译注

1.　lay down the law　　　　　 制定法律。这里指：发号施令或定出条条框框。

2.　Next year the law is reversed and far from taking exception, no one is even mildly surprised.

　 [参考译文] 第二年，条例又反过来，人们远没有生气，甚至连稍稍的惊讶都没有。

写作方法和文章大意

文章论述“妇女时装更新”问题，采用因果，对比手法。先从男女演员服装的差异，谈到服装设计师年年变更样式，风格。妇女不顾一切的追随，甘愿被剥削的根源。而男人却能淡然处之。

答案祥解

1.　　　  B. 创制新时装就是对妇女的商业性剥削。答案遍及全文。也有几段突出描述。如：第二段第四句“每年，巴黎，伦敦的一些所谓高级设计师定出条条框框，全世界妇女竞相服从。设计师的条令难以预测，说一不二。”第三段“要说妇女年年被无情的剥削之事，只能怪她们自己。由于她们一想起在公共场所穿着过失的衣服就会发抖，所以他们每年都被设计师和大商店讹诈（勒索）……”第四段：“许多妇女（每年）浪费大笔钱财来置换她们从未穿过的服装，时装变化就是故意创造浪费。”

A. 时装反映妇女的秉性。这是在最后一段结论中提及，不是中心思想。　 D. 男人具有可靠性的基本素质。不对。　　C. 高级设计师似乎有权创造新款式。这是作者在批评设计者。

2.　　　  D. 因为高级设计师请她们领导时装潮流。只是常识，设计师新颖服装的推出，首先是让演员试装——等于时装模特的效用，掀起可以领导时装的新潮流。

A. 他们要打扮入时，这只是演员的一方面。　　  B. 随大流。　　 C. 作作样子。 都是不对的。

3.　　　  D. 他们太好虚荣。 这在文章的好几段内都提到。如第一题中的第二段，三段，四段的参考译文。如第三段后半部分“只穿了几次的衣服就因为时尚的命令而弃之一边。当你想到只有妇女能站在堆满衣服的衣柜前，悲哀的诉说她没有衣服穿。”第四段的后半段“花不起大笔钱财买衣服的妇女会花上好几个小时把他们已有的衣服换来换去”。第五段后半部分“男人一生中经常可以看到大冬天妇女颤抖在薄薄的衣衫中，或者穿着精致的鞋在雪地上选路走，这都令他们发笑”。最后一段结论，画龙点睛的以问点明“经常不断的换时装。人们不禁要问，这是不是反映了妇女轻浮和易变的基本素质（秉性）？”

A. 她们爱新时尚；　 B. 她们爱新衣服；　 C. 她们想瞧着美。这三项只是虚荣的部分组成。

4.　　　  A. 外观。答案在第五段“没有人认为时装工业为社会作过真正的贡献。时装设计师很少关心保暖，舒服和耐穿这类紧要的事，他们只是对外观感性趣，他们利用了妇女的心理：只要看着美，她们能忍受一切（痛苦）不舒服……。”

B. 舒适。　 C. 美，时装不一定美。　　　 D.　耐穿。

　　　　  Passage Twenty-four (A Smuggling Syndicate)

　 The smuggler in many ways is just another international businessman and his turnover would do credit to many international corporations. His business happens to be illegal and risky, but look at the stakes involved: $5 billion worth of heroin smuggled into the United States each year, and $1.5 billion in gold passing annually along smuggling pipelines to India and Indonesia, to France and Morocco, to Brazil and Turkey. Perhaps half of all the watches made in Switzerland reach their eventual wearers by some back door. Most of this illicit trade is carried on with all the efficiency of any multinational company. Entirely legitimate businesses, such as a travel bureau or an import-export agency, are also often fronts for smuggling organizations. One of the world’s largest gold smugglers also owned and operated the franchise for a leading make of British cars in a small Middle Eastern country. He made a good profit from both activities.

　 A smuggling syndicate operates much like any other business. The boss is really a chief executive. He makes all the plans, establishes international contacts, and thinks up the smuggling routes and method but remains aloof from actual operations. He is aided by a handful of managers looking after such specialties as financing, travel (one reason why many smuggling syndicates find it handy to have their own travel agency), the bribing of airline or customs officials, and recruitment of couriers, or mules as they are called. There may also be someone in charge of local arrangements in the countries to which the smuggled goods is going.

　 Another similarity between legitimate business and its illegal counterpart is price fluctuation. Just as the prices of products traded legally vary with quality and market conditions such as supply and demand, so do the prices of goods go up and down in the smuggling trade. Consider the price of drugs. Heroin and cannabis, in whatever form or by whatever name, cone in several grades, each with a going price. The wholesale price at which big dealers sell to big dealers is less than the street price. When the authorities are successful in reducing the supply buy seizures, the price of all grades rises.

1.　　　 The main idea for this passage is

[A]. The Comparison between Legitimate Business and Its Illegal Counterpart.

[B]. The similarities between Legitimate Business and Smuggling.

[C]. Smugglers May Make Great Profit from Both Activities.

[D]. The Boss in Smuggling Syndicate is a Chief Executive.

2.　　　 When is the price going down?

[A]. The quality of the foods and market condition are not very well.

[B]. The quality of goods and market condition vary.

[C]. Unbalance between supply and demand.

[D]. The price of other goods fluctuates.

3.　　　 It can be inferred that a smuggler

[A]. may make plan and establish international contacts.

[B]. is a real boss.

[C]. may make money in different ways .

[D]. may sell other goods.

4.　　　 One of the best ways smugglers usually take is

[A]. to set up multinational companies.

[B]. to engage in illegal businesses only.

[C]. to make legitimate businesses as fronts for smuggling organizations.

　 [D]. to make good profits from both activities.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 turnover　　　　　　　　　　  营业额

2.　　　　　 do credit to 　　　　　　　　　 增光于某人/某物

3.　　　　　 stake 　　　　　　　　　　　　下在投机生意上的股本，赌注

4.　　　　　 smuggling pipeline　　　　　　 走私线路

5.　　　　　 speciality　　　　　　　　　　 专业部门，公司

6.　　　　　 recruit　　　　　　　　　　　  招募，添补（新兵）

难句译注

1.　　　 The smuggler in many ways is just another international businessman and his turnover would do credit to many international corporations.

[结构简析] 并列句

[参考译文] 走私者在许多方面就像一个国际商人，而他的营业额确为许多国际公司增光。

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇介绍走私集团的文章，采用对比写法——正常（合法）的商业和走私（非法）集团的对比。第一段第一句就点明宗旨：走私者在许多方面就像一个国际商人，而他的营业额确为许多国际公司增光。不仅如此，有的也经营合法商业，如旅游，进出口公司等，这些往往是非法走私组织的前哨阵地。

第二段介绍了走私辛迪加的经营情况非常类似其他商业。老板就是真正的（执行）董事长。他制定计划，签定国际合同，确定走私路线和方法但不参与具体执行行动。有一批经理助他管理各个专业部门，如财政，旅行，贿赂海关或航空公司官员等，还有当地接应走私货品的负责人。

第三段叙述了合法和非法贸易另一个相似点——价格波动，价格随市场供需和商品质量而有所差异。

答案祥解

1.　　　  B. 合法商业和走私的相似性。是这篇文章的中心思想。它是通过对比方法说明这种相似性。并不是两者对比得出结论。所以

A. 合法商业和非法商业比较。不对。　　 C. 走私者可以从两种活动中谋取利润　和　D. 走私集团中的老板是董事长，只是对比中提到个别具体事实。不是中心思想。

2.　　　  A. 货物质量和市场情况不好。第三段第二句“正如合法商业按质论价和按市场供需价一样，走私商品也是按这两者调节价格的上升和下降。”所以当质量和市场情况不好价格就跌。

B. 货物质量和市场变化。这并不一定跌价，也可能上升。　　  C. 供需不平衡。并没有说明供大于求，和跌价无关。　　  D. 其它商品价波动。这不一定下跌。所以B,C,D都不对。

3.　　　  D. 可能会卖其他货品。题目是推断，（infer）。从第一段最后一句“世界上最大走私黄金商之买卖，可推断出走私商照样可以经营其他商品。至于

A. 制定计划，签定合同。　　 　B. 走私商是真正的老板。　　　　 C. 以不同的方式赚钱，都是文章中直抒，不是推断出来的结论。

4.　　　  C. 以合法商业掩护他们走私是走私商经常采用，也是最佳的方法之一。

A. 多国公司。　 B. 只从事非法商贸，这并不是最佳方法。　 D. 从两方面赚钱，并不是方法，而是有了掩护所后，多一份收入而已。

Passage Twenty-five (Exploration of the Titanic)

　 After resting on the ocean floor, split asunder and rusting, for nearly three-quarters of a century, a great ship seemed to cone alive again. The saga of the White Star liner Titanic, which struck an iceberg and sank on its maiden voyage in 1912, carrying more than 1,500 passengers to their death, has been celebrated in print and on film, in poetry and song. But last week what had been legendary suddenly became real. As they viewed videotapes and photographs of the sunken leviathan, millions of people around the world could sense her mass, her eerie quiet and the ruined splendor of a lost age.

Watching on television, they vicariously joined the undersea craft Alvin and Jason Jr. (J.J.) as they toured the wreckage of the luxury liner, wandering across the decks past corroded bollards, peering into the officer’s quarters and through rust-curtained portholes. Views of the railings where doomed passengers and crewmembers stood evoked images of the moonless night 74years ago when the great ship slipped beneath the waves.

The two-minute videotape and nine photographs, all in color and shot 12,500ft.under the North Atlantic, were a tiny sample of 60 hours of video and 60,000 stills garnered during the twelve-day exploration. They are released at a Washington press conference conducted by Marine Geologist Robert Ballard, 44, who led the teams from the Wood Hole Oceanographic Institution that found the Titanic last September and revisited it this July.

Recounting the highlights of what has already become the most celebrated feat of underwater exploration, Ballard revealed some startling new information. His deep-diving craft failed to find the 300-ft. gash that, according to legend, was torn in the Titanic’s hull when the ship plowed into the iceberg. Instead, he suggested, the collision had buckled the ship’s plates, allowing water to pour in. He also brought back evidence that the ship broke apart not when she hit bottom, as he had thought when viewing the first Titanic images last September, but as she sank: the stern, which settled on the bottom almost 1,800ft. from the bow, had swiveled 180 on its way down.

1.　　　 What is the best title for this passage?

[A]. New Information about the Sunken Ship.

[B]. Exploration of the Titanic.

[C]. To watch the Videotape.

[D]. To explore the Titanic with High Tech.

2.　　　 How did the viewers feel when watching the videotape?

[A]. They felt rather sad, and felt they themselves took part in the exploration.

[B]. They felt keenly for it.

[C]. They felt rather bad about it.

[D]. They felt out of spirits.

3.　　　 When did the great ship sink?

[A]. In 1912.

[B]. She sank in its maiden voyage in 1912.

[C]. She sank in its second voyage in 1912.

[D]. She sank in its first voyage in 1912.

4.　　　 What did Robert reveal at a press conference?

[A]. He revealed some startling information.

[B]. He said nothing.

[C]. He complained the exploration was very hard.

[D]. He revealed the success of their work.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 split asunder　　　　　　　　　　　　 向不同方向裂开，散开

2.　　　 saga　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 英雄传说，冒险故事

3.　　　 maiden voyage　　　　　　　　　　　 处女航

4.　　　 celebrate　　　　　　　　　　　　　  赞美，庆祝。这里指大肆宣传

5.　　　 leviathan　　　　　　　　　　　　　  巨型远洋轮

6.　　　 eerie　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 可怕的，怪异的

7.　　　 splendor　　　　　　  　　　　　　　美妙的景象

8.　　　 vicariously　　　　　　　　　　　　  产生共鸣的，代理的

9.　　　 luxury liner　　　　　　　　　　　　  豪华巨轮

10.　 bollard　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  系揽柱

11.　 porthole　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 舷窗

12.　 railing　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  栏杆

13.　 evoke　　　　　　　　　  　　　　　 唤起，引起，（招）魂

14.　 still　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 静物摄影照片

15.　 garner　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 收集，积累

16.　 highlight　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 最精彩场面，最重要部分

17.　 feat　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 功绩

18.　 gash　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  裂缝

19.　 hull　　　　　　 　　　　　　　　　　船体

20.　 plow into= plough into　　　　　　　　 撞上，干劲十足的投入

21.　 buckle　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  使弯曲

22.　 stern　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  船尾

23.　 bow　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  船头

24.　 swivel　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 旋转

难句译注

1.　　　 The saga of the White Star liner Titanic, which struck an iceberg and sank on its maiden voyage in 1912, carrying more than 1,500 passengers to their death, has been celebrated in print and on film, in poetry and song.

[结构简析] 被动语态，中插定语从句which struck 和分词短语carrying more than 都是修饰 liner.

[参考译文] 白星级定期轮班泰坦尼克号于1912年的首航中因撞上冰山而沉没，船上一千五百多名乘客全部罹难。此后关于它的种种传说一直为各种刊物，电影，诗歌和歌曲广泛宣传。

2.　　　 Watching on television, they vicariously joined the undersea craft Alvin and Jason Jr. (J.J.) as they toured the wreckage of the luxury liner, wandering across the decks past corroded bollards, peering into the officer’s quarters and through rust-curtained portholes.

[结构简析] 主从句，主句前有分词短语watching, 修饰主句中的they （观众），而从句中（as）they 是指Alvin 和Jason Jr. 后面的分词短语都是说明从句中的they。

[参考译文] 观众们看着电视，就像亲临其境似的参与深水工作船阿尔文号和机器人探测器小贾森的工作。随他们巡视这艘豪华举轮残骸，漫游甲板，经过侵蚀的系栏柱，凝视高级船员舱，穿过满是铁锈的舷窗。

3.　　　 Views of the railings where doomed passengers and crewmembers stood evoked images of the moonless night 74years ago when the great ship slipped beneath the waves.

[结构简析] 主从句，主句中定从where修饰railings。

[参考译文] 看到那些栏杆使人想起七十四年前就在这艘巨轮沉入汪洋的那个暗无星月的夜晚，罹难的旅客和水手们也曾站在栏杆旁。

4.　　　 He also brought back evidence that the ship broke apart not when she hit bottom, as he had thought when viewing the first Titanic images last September, but as she sank: the stern, which settled on the bottom almost 1,800ft. from the bow, had swiveled 180 on its way down.

[结构简析] 结构复杂。That clause 是evidence 的同位语。That 从句中用了not…but 句型。 Not句中为主从句加状从 as he had though …，but 句中为主从句，中插入定语从句which settled 修饰the stern。

[参考译文] 他还带回证据说明船不是撞在海底时断裂的，而是在下沉时断裂的。船尾下沉时旋转一百八十度，它在海底几乎离船头一千八百英尺远。而在他去年九月第一次见到泰坦尼克号时，还以为船是撞到海底才断裂的。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章描述了对沉没巨轮（泰坦尼克号）探测的情况，也是一篇三段式模式的文章：先时间，地点，所发生沉轮的事实，再引了录像带把进行探测的全过程呈现，最后是惊人的结果。

答案祥解

1.　　　  D. 用高技术探测泰坦尼克号。第一段最后一句“当世界上千百万人观看这艘沉没巨轮的录像带说，他们都会觉察到她的巨大的船体，她周围可怕的沉寂和岁月流失那种凄惨的景象。”这里已说明是探测的录像片。第三段“这两分钟彩色录像带和九张照片是在被大西洋12500英尺深处拍摄的，它们只是十二天探测期间拍摄的60小时录像带和60000静物照中的一小部分。这些录像带和照片是44对的海洋地质学家罗伯特巴拉德领导的伍德霍尔海洋研究所科学探险队，于去年九月发现了泰坦尼克号并于今年七月重访了它。”第二段中点明用“深水工作船和机器人小贾森……”高科技。

A. 有关沉船的新消息。这只是罗伯特在记者招待会上宣布的一条消息。作为标题不合适。　 B. 探测泰坦尼克号，接近标题，但没有D确切。　 C. 看录像带。

2.　　　  A. 他们黯然神伤，有身临其境在探测之感。见第1题中第一段最后一句注译和难句译注2。

B. 他们很同情这艘船；　C. 他们感到不愉快。　　D. 他们感到很消沉。这三段文内都没有提到。

3.　　　  B. 她于1912年首航中沉没。见难句译注1。

A. 1913。　　  C. 1912。第二次航行。　　　 D. 1913年首航。这三项都不对。

4.　　　  A. 他宣布一个惊人的消息。见最后一段第二句起：“他的探潜工作船没找到泰坦尼克号船上那三百英尺长裂缝，据说这裂缝是巨轮撞冰山时在船体上留下的。相反，巴拉德认为与冰山相撞造成船体弯曲变形，使海水大量涌入船内”后面译文见难句译注4。

B. 他没有说什么。　　　 C. 他抱怨探测工作非常艰难。　　　D. 他宣布探测成功。这三项文内没有涉及。

　　　　  Passage Twenty-six (Sensory Evaluation of Food)

　 A Polish proverb claims that fish, to taste right, should three times—in water, in butter and in wine. The early efforts of the basic scientists in the food industry were directed at improving the preparation, preservation, and distribution of safe and nutritious food. Our memories of certain foodstuffs eaten during the World War II suggest that, although these might have been safe and nutritious, they certainly did not taste right nor were they particularly appetizing in appearance or smell. This neglect of the sensory appeal of foods is happily becoming a thing of the past. Bow, in the book “Principles of Sensory Evaluation of Food,” the authors hope that it will be useful to food technologists in industry and also to others engaged in research into problem of sensory evaluation of foods. An attempt has clearly been make to collect every possible piece of information, which might be useful, more than one thousand five hundred references being quoted. As a result, the book seems at first sight to be an exhaustive and critically useful review of the literature. This it certainly is, but this is by no means is its only achievement, for there are many suggestions for further lines of research, and the discursive passages are crisply provocative of new ideas and new ways of looking at established findings.

　 Of particular interest is the weight given to the psychological aspects of perception, both objectively and subjectively. The relation between stimuli and perception is well covered, and includes a valuable discussion of the uses and disadvantages of the Weber fraction of differences. It is interesting to find that in spite of many attempts to separate and define the modalities of taste, nothing better has been achieved than the familiar classification into sweet, sour salty and bitter. Nor is there as yet any clear-cut evidence of the physiological nature of the taste stimulus. With regard to smell, systems of classification are of little value because of the extraordinary sensitivity of the nose and because the response to the stimulus is so subjective. The authors suggest that a classification based on the size, shape and electronic status of the molecule involved merits further investigation, as does the theoretical proposition that weak physical binding of the stimulant molecule to he receptor site is a necessary part of the mechanism of stimulation.

　 Apart from taste and smell, there are many other components of perception of the sensations from food in the mouth. The basic modalities of pain, cold, warmth and touch, together with vibration sense, discrimination and localization may all play a part, as, of course, does auditory reception of bone-conducted vibratory stimuli from the teeth when eating crisp or crunchy foods. In this connection the authors rightly point out that this type of stimulus requires much more investigation, suggesting that a start might be made by using subjects afflicted with various forms of deafness. It is well-known that extraneous noise may alter discrimination, and the attention of the authors is directed to the work of Prof. H. J. Eysenck on the “stimulus hunger” of extroverts and the “stimulus avoidance” of introverts.

1.　　　 The reviewer uses a Polish proverb at the beginning of the article in order to

[A]. introduce, in an interesting manner, the discussion of food.

[B]. show the connection between food and nationality of food.

[C]. indicate that there are various ways to prepare food.

[D]. impress upon the reader the food value of fish.

2.　　　 The reviewers appraisal of “Principles of Sensory Evaluation of Food” is one of

[A]. mixed feelings.　　　　　　　 [B]. indifference

[C]. high praise.　　　　　　　  　[D]. faint praise.

3.　　　 The writer of the article does not express the view, either directly or by implication, that

[A]. sharply defined classifications of taste are needed.

[B]. more research should be done regarding the molecular constituency of food.

[C]. food values are objectively determined by an expert “smeller”.

[D]. temperature is an important factor in the value of food.

4.　　　 The authors of the book suggest the use of deaf subject because

[A]. deaf people are generally introversive.

[B]. the auditory sense is an important factor in food evaluation.

[C]. they are more fastidious in their choice of foods.

[D]. All types of subjects should be used.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 preservation　　　　　　　　　　  保鲜，保存

2.　　　　　 sensory appeal 　　　　　　　　　 感官的魅力

3.　　　　　 be provocative of 　　　　　　　　 脱颖而出

4.　　　　　 exhaustive　　　　　　　　　　　 详尽的，无遗漏的

5.　　　　　 discursive　　　　　　　　　　　  推论的

6.　　　　　 be provocative of 　　　　　　　　 引起……争论/兴趣等的

7.　　　　　 crisp　　　　　　　　　　　　　  有力的，有劲的

8.　　　　　 perception　　　　　　　　　　　 感觉，知觉，直觉

9.　　　　　 modality　　　　　　　  　　　　 方式

　　　　  modality of taste　　　（味）感觉到

10.　　　  discrimination　　　　　　　　　　 鉴别力

11.　　　  localization　　　　　　　　　　　 地区性，定位

12.　　　  merit　　　　　　　　　　　　　  值得……，有……价值

13.　　　  crunchy　　　　　　　　　　　　  嘎吱作响的

14.　　　  extraneous　　　　　　　　　　　  外部的

15.　　　  extrovert　　　　　　　　　　　　 外向性格的人

16.　　　  introvert　　　　　　　　　　　　 内项性格的人

难句译注

1.　　　 although these might have been safe and nutritious, they certainly did not taste right nor were they particularly appetizing in appearance or smell.

[结构简析] in appearance or smell 应译成：色或香。

[参考译文] 虽然这些饭菜可能是安全又有营养，但是肯定味不正，特别是在色，香上难以增进食欲。

2.　　　 This it certainly is, but this is by no means is its only achievement, for there are many suggestions for further lines of research, and the discursive passages are crisply provocative of new ideas and new ways of looking at established findings.

[结构简析] 复合句。This 指前一句内容：书既详细又是对有关食品学的文字做了十分有用的评论……。 Be provocative of 引起……争论或兴趣。

[参考译文] 确实如此，可是这并不是书的唯一成就，因为书内有许多关于进一步研究范围的建议。推论性篇章及能令人非常感兴趣的看待现存成果的新观点和新方法。

3.　　　 The relation between stimuli and perception is well covered, and includes a valuable discussion of the uses and disadvantages of the Weber fraction of differences.

Weber fraction 为Ernest Heinrich Weber所著，他生于1795年，死与1878，是德国生理学家。

[参考译文] 书中详细论及刺激和感觉的关系。还包括了一篇很有价值的讨论文章：谈论威伯分数在评价差异上的缺点和实用性。

写作方法和文章大意

　 这是一篇介绍“感官评价食品的原理“一书的序言。评者从书的读者对象，书的篇幅到内涵具体涉及片谈起，从主观到客观论证，采用例子和对比说明。第一段全面介绍，点出此书不同于过去的书。它们都把重点放在改善准备，保养和销售上。此书信息多，引证参考资料多，对今后研究有新建议； 对已有成果有新关点。第二段，从客观到主观的论述味觉，嗅觉并加以对比。第三段从众多其它感觉中，以听觉为重点论证。

答案祥解

1.　　　 A. 以有趣的方式开始介绍食品讨论。文章一开始，评者就用“波兰有一谚语说，鱼，要想品味正，应游泳三次——在水里游，在油里游和在酒中游。”这是国外广告式论说文经常才用的一种写作方式。目的是吸引读者，激起他们想读下去的欲望，以达到推广作用。

B. 表明食品和国籍的关系。　　  C. 表明有各种准备食品的方法。　　 D. 加深读者对鱼的价值的影响，三项都不对。

2.　　　 C. 评价高。评论者当然对此书评价极高，这是序言的必然途径。贬的就是批评文章了。全篇文章也说明这点。

3.　　　 C. 食品价值由专家的嗅觉客观决定。这和第二段后半段的内涵有联系。他说，味道可分甜，酸，咸辣，而味觉生理性却无明确无误的证据。“至于（嗅觉）闻，由于鼻子特别灵敏，对外界刺激的反映主观性强，所以任何分类体系均无价值。”作者建议以“大小，形状和涉及分子电子态为基础的分类值得进一步探讨研究，就像理论性前提一样。刺激物分子和受体之间弱的物理结合是刺激生理机能的必要组成部分。”这段文章谈到味觉，嗅觉但并没有直接或间接表达这种观点：食品的价值是通过专家的嗅觉客观判定。

A. 需要明确无误的味觉分类。酸，咸，辣就是味觉的分类。　　 B. 有关食品分子构成进行更多研究。文内也讲到有关分子电子态应进一步研究。　 D.　温度是食品评价中的一个因素。文内只在第三段提到了“除了味觉，嗅觉外，口中食品还有其他许多种感觉成分，基本为疼，冷，热，触碰以及震动感，鉴别力和地区性都可能起作用。“作者直接说明热是可能有作用的。

4.　　　 B. 听觉在食品评价中是一个重要因素。这在第三段内提到。除了味觉和嗅觉外，口中食品还会产生许多其它感觉。基本可分为痛，冷，热，触碰以及震动感，鉴别力和地区性都可能起作用。就像在吃脆硬或嘎嘎作响的食品时，听觉接受了来自牙齿骨操纵的震动刺激。在这方面，作者真确指出这种刺激需进行更多探讨研究，建议运用受各种听不见痛苦折磨的　病人作起点研究。众所周知，外部的噪声会改变分辨力和注意力。“这说明B. 听觉在食品评价中起着重要作用。是对的。

A. 聋子一般是内项的。　　　　C. 他们在选择食品时很挑剔。　　　D. 各种物体都应当应用。都和本文无关。

Passage Twenty-seven (Analysis and Interpretation of the News)

　 The newspaper must provide for the reader the facts, unalloyed, unslanted, objectively selected facts. But in these days of complex news it must provide more; it must supply interpretation, the meaning of the facts. This is the most important assignment confronting American journalism—to make clear to the reader the problems of the day, to make international news as understandable as community news, to recognize that there is no longer any such thing (with the possible exception of such scribbling as society and club news) as “local” news, because any event in the international area has a local reaction in manpower draft, in economic strain, in terms, indeed, of our very way of life.

　 There is in journalism a widespread view that when you embark on interpretation, you are entering choppy and dangerous waters, the swirling tides of opinion. This is nonsense.

　 The opponents of interpretation insist that the writer and the editor shall confine himself to the “facts”. This insistence raises two questions: What are the facts? And: Are the bare facts enough?

　 As to the first query. Consider how a so-called “factual” story cones about. The reporter collects, say, fifty facts; out of these fifty, his space allotment being necessarily restricted, he selects the ten, which he considers most important. This is Judgment Number One. Then he or his editor decides which of these ten facts shall constitute the lead of the piece (This is important decision because many readers do not proceed beyond the first paragraph.) This is Judgment Number Two. Then the night editor determines whether the article shall be presented on page one, where it has a large impact, or on page twenty-four, where it has little. Judgment Number Three.

　 Thus, in the presentation of a so-called “factual” or “objective” story, at least three judgments are involved. And they are judgments not at all unlike those involved in interpretation, in which reporter and editor, calling upon their general background, and their “news neutralism,” arrive at a conclusion as to the significance of the news.

　 The two areas of judgment, presentation of the news and its interpretation, are both objective rather then subjective processes—as objective, that is, as any human being can be. (Note in passing: even though complete objectivity can never be achieved, nevertheless the ideal must always be the beacon on the murky news channels.) Of an editor is intent on slanting the news, he can do it in other ways and more effectively than by interpretation. He can do it by the selection of those facts that prop up his particular plea. Or he can do it by the pay he gives a story—promoting it to page one or demoting it to page thirty.

1.　　　 The title that best expresses the ideas of this passage is

[A]. Interpreting the News.　　　　　　　　  [B]. Choosing Facts.

[C]. Subjective versus Objective Processes.　　 [D]. Everything Counts.

2.　　　 Why does the writer of an article select ten out of 50 available facts?

[A]. Space is limited.　　　　　　  [B]. His editor is prejudiced.

[C]. The subject is not important.　　 [D]. He is entering choppy and dangerous.

3.　　　 What is the least effective way of “slanting” news/

[A]. Interpretation.　　　　　　　  [B]. His editor is prejudiced.

[C]. Placement.　　　　　　　　　 [D]. Concentration.

4.　　　 Why should the lead sentence present the most important fact?

[A]. It will influence the reader to continue.

[B]. It will be the best way to write.

[C]. Some readers do not read beyond the first paragraph.

[D]. It will gratify the editor.

Vocabulary

1.　　　　　 unalloyed　　　　　　　　　　　 纯粹的，没有杂物的

2.　　　　　 unslanted　　　　　　　　　　　 无偏见的，不歪曲的

3.　　　　　 scribble　　　　　　　　　　　  胡写，乱写；粗制滥造的文章

4.　　　　　 manpower draft　　　　　　　　  人力征用，券集

5.　　　　　 economic strain　　　　　　　　  经济紧张，压力

6.　　　　　 embark on　　　　　　　　　　  开始，从事

7.　　　　　 choppy　　　　　　　　　　　　 波浪滔滔的，变动频繁，紊乱

8.　　　　　 query　　　　　　　　　　　　  疑问，质问

9.　　　　　 come about　　　　　　　　　　 发生

10.　　　  allotment　　　　　　　　　　　 分配

11.　　　  beacon　　　　　　　　　　　　 信标，灯塔，烽火

12.　　　  murky　　　　　　　　　　　　 阴暗的，（雾等）浓的

13.　　　  prop up　　　　　　　　　　　  给……撑腰，支持

14.　　　  demote　　　　　　　　  　　　使降级。相应词 promote

15.　　　  news neutralism　　　　　　　　 无倾向性新闻，新闻中立主义

16.　　　  lead　　　　　　　　　　　　　 （新闻等）导语，提要

难句译注

1.　　　 This is the most important assignment confronting American journalism—to make clear to the reader the problems of the day, to make international news as understandable as community news, to recognize that there is no longer any such thing (with the possible exception of such scribbling as society and club news) as “local” news, because any event in the international area has a local reaction in manpower draft, in economic strain, in terms, indeed, of our very way of life.

[结构简析] 主从句，句中连用三个不定式，是实际的主语，也就是this 的内容。后跟宾语或宾语从句。

[参考译文] 美国报界面临最重要的儿女物是向读者讲清今日存在的问题，使国际新闻像地区社区新闻一样明白易懂，使他们认识到不再有什么“本地”新闻这类事情（社团或俱乐部粗制滥造的文章可能要除外），因为国际上任何新闻在人力征用，募集，经济负担，事实上在生活的各方面都会引起地区反应。

2.　　　 There is in journalism a widespread view that when you embark on interpretation, you are entering choppy and dangerous waters, the swirling tides of opinion.

[结构简析] the swirling…是说明语。

[参考译文] 报界有一种普遍存在的观点：当你从事解释新闻的工作（对新闻进行解释时），你就进入了波浪滔天，险情还生的水域，意见漩掀的浪潮。

3.　　　 And they are judgments not at all unlike those involved in interpretation, in which reporter and editor, calling upon their general background, and their “news neutralism,” arrive at a conclusion as to the significance of the news.

[结构简析] 句中有定语从句in which 修饰interpretation. 定从中calling on 分词短语作伴随状态，修饰reporter and editor。

[参考译文] 这些判断评价就像解释新闻多涉及的判断一样。在这里，记者和编辑要动用他们的新闻调查研究资源，他们一般的背景材料以及新闻“中立”态度来得出有关新闻意义的结论。

4.　　　 The two areas of judgment, presentation of the news and its interpretation, are both objective rather then subjective processes—as objective, that is, as any human being can be. (Note in passing: even though complete objectivity can never be achieved, nevertheless the ideal must always be the beacon on the murky news channels.)

[结构简析] a note in passing 义；顺便说一句，附带的谈一下。

[参考译文] 这两个判断领域：提供新闻内容和解说新闻领域可不是主观过程，而是客观过程——也就是说，要像任何人能做到的那样客观。顺便说一句，就算达不到绝对的客观，那客观的理想必须始终如一的是迷雾漫漫新航道上的信标。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章论及“新闻评价”问题。采用一般到具体手法。文章一开始就提出新闻要客观，真实的事实，解释要清楚，使读者明白今日世界的问题。国内外大事和我们生活休戚相关。然后讲述选材过程，版面布置。最后谈到提供和解说新闻中评价要客观。

答案祥解

1.　　　 A. 解释新闻。文章虽提及两个领域（见难句译注4），但重点在解释（见难句译注2）。提供是“解说”的前提，但作为标题不合适，因为它是作为“解释”的对比而写的。（见难句译注3 not at all unlike…及难句译注4 are both objective rather than…）

B. 选择事实。这只是提供新闻中一个具体步骤。　　  C. 主观对客观过程。也是一个具体方面（见难句译注4）。　　　　D. 一切都要算在内。涉及面太广，文内没提及。

2.　　　 A. 版面空间有限。第四段三句：“举例说，记者收集50条新闻事实。他从50条中选出10条他认为是最重要的新闻，因为他的版面空间分配必定有所限制。”

B. 他的编辑有偏见。不对。　　 C. 他的文章主题不重要。 不对。　　 D. 他进到了波浪滔天的危险水域（见难句译注2）。这是讲新闻解释。

3.　　　 A. 解说。最后一段最后三句：“如果编辑想要歪曲新闻，他可以采用其他办法，远比解说要有效的多。他可以通过选择支持他的观点的才，或通过他给每条新闻所定的位置达到歪曲的目的——提升到头版，或者降低到三十版。”这段话说明其它办法歪曲新闻比解说新闻来歪曲有效的多。

B. 选材。　　　　 C. 定位。　　　　  D. 集中。

4.　　　 C. 有些读者不读一段以下的问心，这是常识。有的读者就读大标题。

A. 它将影响读者继续读下去。　　　　B. 这是最佳的写作方法。　　　　  D. 这会使编辑高兴。

　　　　  Passage Twenty-eight (Chemistry and Biology)

About a century ago, the Swedish physical scientist Arrhenius proposed a low of classical chemistry that relates chemical reaction rate to temperature. According to his equation, chemical reactions are increasingly unlikely to occur as temperature approaches absolute zero, and at absolute zero, reactions stop. However, recent experiment evidence reveals that although the Arrhenius equation is generally accurate in describing the kind of chemical reaction that occurs at relatively high temperature, at temperatures closer to zero a quantum-mechanical effect known as tunneling comes into play; this effect accounts for chemical reactions that are forbidden by the principles of classical chemistry. Specifically, entire molecules can tunnel through the barriers of repulsive forces from other molecules and chemically react even though these molecules do not have sufficient energy, according to classical chemistry, to overcome the repulsive barrier.

The rate of any chemical reaction, regardless of the temperature at which it takes place, usually depends on a very important characteristic known as its activation energy. Any molecule can be imagined to reside at the bottom of a so-called potential well of energy. S chemical reaction corresponds to the transition of a molecule from the bottom of one potential well to the bottom of another. In classical chemistry, such a transition can be accomplished only by going over the potential barrier between the well, the height of which remain constant and is called the activation energy of the reaction. In tunneling, the reacting molecules tunnel from the bottom of one to the bottom of another well without having to rise over the barrier between the two wells. Recently researchers have developed the concept of tunneling temperature: the temperature below which tunneling transitions greatly outnumber Arrhenius transitions, and classical mechanics gives way to its quantum counterpart.

This tunneling phenomenon at very low temperatures suggested my hypothesis about a cold prehistory of life: formation of rather complex organic molecules in the deep cold of outer space, where temperatures usually reach only a few degrees Kelvin. Cosmic rays might trigger the synthesis of simple molecules, such as interstellar formaldehyde, in dark clouds of interstellar dust. Afterward complex organic molecules would be formed, slowly but surely, by means of tunneling. After I offered my hupothesis, Hoyle and Wickramashinghe argued that molecules of interstellar formaldehyde have indeed evolved into stable polysaccharides such as cellulose and starch. Their conclusions, although strongly disputed, have generated excitement among investigators such as myself who are proposing that the galactic clouds are the places where the prebiological evolution of compounds necessary to life occurred.

1.　　　 The author is mainly concerned with

[A]. describing how the principles of classical chemistry were developed.

[B]. initiating a debate about the kinds of chemical reaction required for the development of life.

[C]. explaining how current research in chemistry may be related to broader biological concerns.

[D]. clarifying inherent ambiguities in the laws of classical chemistry.

2.　　　 In which of the following ways are the mentioned chemical reactions and tunneling reactions alike?

[A]. In both, reacting molecules have to rise over the barrier between the two wells.

[B]. In both types of reactions, a transition is made from the bottom of one potential well to the bottom of another.

[C]. In both types of reactions, reacting molecules are able to go through the barrier between the two wells.

[D]. In neither type of reaction does the rate of a chemical reaction depend on its activation energy.

3.　　　 The author’s attitude toward the theory of a cold prehistory of life can best be described as

[A]. neutral.　　　　　　　　　 [B]. skeptical.

[C]. mildly positive.　　　　　　 [D]. very supportive.

4.　　　 Which of the following best describes the hypothesis of Hoyle and Wickramasinghe?

[A]. Molecules of interstellar formaldehyde can evolve into complex organic molecules.

[B]. Interstellar formaldehyde can be synthesized by tunneling.

[C]. Cosmic rays can directly synthesize complex organic molecules.

[D]. The galactic clouds are the places where prebilogical evolution of compounds necessary to life occurred.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 Arrhenius equation　　　　　　　　 阿雷尼厄斯方程式

2.　　　 Arrhennius (Svante August)　　　　  1859——1927 瑞典理化学家。1903年获诺贝尔化　　　　　　　　　　　　　  　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　学奖

3.　　　 quantum-mechanical effect　　　　　 量子机械效应

4.　　　 quantum mechanic　　　　　　　　 量子力学

5.　　　 tunnel　　　　　　　　　　　　　 挖隧道。这里指贯穿势垒

6.　　　 tunnel through, onto　　　　　　　  穿到……进到，贯穿

7.　　　 repulsive　　　　　　　　　　　　 排斥

8.　　　 activation energy　　　　　　　　  活化能量

9.　　　 formaldehyde　　　　　　　　　　 甲醛

10.　 polysaccharide　　　　　　　　　  多糖醇，聚合酶

11.　 cellulose　　　　　　　　　　　　 纤维素

12.　 starch　　　　　　　　　　　　　 淀粉

13.　 galactic　　　　　　　　　　　　  银河的，巨大的

14.　 come into play　　　　　　　　　   开始活动/起作用

难句译注

1.　　　　 However, recent experiment evidence reveals that although the Arrhenius equation is generally accurate in describing the kind of chemical reaction that occurs at relatively high temperature, at temperatures closer to zero a quantum-mechanical effect known as tunneling comes into play; this effect accounts for chemical reactions that are forbidden by the principles of classical chemistry.

2.　　　　 Specifically, entire molecules can tunnel through the barriers of repulsive forces from other molecules and chemically react even though these molecules do not have sufficient energy, according to classical chemistry, to overcome the repulsive barrier.

3.　　　　 Recently researchers have developed the concept of tunneling temperature: the temperature below which tunneling transitions greatly outnumber Arrhenius transitions, and classical mechanics gives way to its quantum counterpart.

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章论述了“贯穿势垒效应”，采用对比手法。先是经典化学定理和贯穿势垒效应之比较。说明两者使用的温度界限不同。低温时贯穿势垒效应作用取代经典力学。最后贯穿势垒现象和生活领域之关系。

答案祥解

1.　　　  C. 说明现在化学研究如何能和更广泛的生物学领域有关。最后一段基本上都是谈与生化的关系。“极低温时的贯穿势垒现象证明我对寒冷的史前生命的假说：在外层空间极其寒冷处，温度一般只有K的几度光景，有相当复杂的有机分子形成。宇宙射线可能激发诸如星际甲醛单分子在星际尘埃的乌云中综合。以后，复杂的有机分子，慢慢的，但稳定的通过贯穿势垒的方式形成。”后又有两位化学家提出“星际甲醛分子确实进化为类似纤维素和淀粉等多糖酶。”他们的结论虽有争议，却实在令人振奋，特别是文章之作者，因为他正提出“巨大的云块这些地方，发生过生命所必须的前生物进化化合物。”

A. 描述经典化学定理如何发展。　　　　 B. 开展一场有关生命进化所需的那种化学反应的辩论。　　　　 C. 搞清楚经典化学定理所固有的模糊点。

2.　　　  B. 两类反应中，都有一个从一个势阱底部到另一个势阱底部的跃迁。见第二段第三句起“化学反应跟分子从一个势阱的底部到另一个势阱的底部的跃迁相类似。在经典化学中，这种跃迁只有跨过两阱之间势垒才能完成。位垒之高度为常数（固定不变）。这种跃迁叫做能量活化。在贯穿势垒效应中作反应的分子从一个势阱的底部通到另一个势阱底部不需要上升跨越两阱之间的位垒。”

A. 两类反应中，反应中的分子都需跨越两阱间的栏栅。　　C. 两类反应中，反应中的分子都能穿过两阱之间的位垒。　　　　D. 两类反应中，没有一种化学反应的速率取决于能量活化。　　　这三项都不对， 见上文。

3.　　　  C. 有点肯定。 见第1题答案注释译文。因为证实了作者之假设。

A. 中立。　　  B. 怀疑的。　　　 D. 非常支持。

4.　　　  A. 星际甲醛分子可以进化到复杂的有机分子。见第1题C答案注释译文。

B. 星际甲醛分子可以通过贯穿势垒方式加以综合。　　  C. 宇宙射线可以直接综合复杂的有机分子。　　　　D. 大块云团是生命所需复合物前生物进化发生的地方。这三项也可从第1题C答案注译译文看出其错误点。

Passage Twenty- nine (Men Are Carrying on a Sex-fight)

This is supposed to be an enlightened age, but you wouldn’t think of if you could heat what the average man thinks of the average woman/ Women won their independence years ago. After a long, bitter struggle, they now enjoy the same educational opportunities as men in most parts of the world. They have proved repeatedly that they are equal and often superior to men in almost every field. The hard-fought battle for recognition has been won, but it is by no means over. It is men, not women who still carry on the sex war because their attitude remains basically hostile. Even in the most progressive societies, women continue to be regarded as second-rate citizens. To hear some men talk, you’d think that women belonged to a different species!

On the surface, the comments made by men about women’s abilities seem light-hearted. The same tired jokes about women drivers are repeated day in, day out. This apparent light-heartedness dose not conceal the real contempt that men feel for women. However much men sneer at women, their claims to superiority are not borne out by statistics. Let’s consider the matter of driving, for instance. We all know that women cause far fewer accidents than men. They are too conscientious and responsible to drive like maniacs. But this is a minor quibble. Women have succeeded in any job you care to name. As politicians, soldiers, doctors, factory-hands, university professors, farmers, company directors, lawyers, bus-conductors, scientists and presidents of countries they have often put men to shame. And we must remember that they frequently succeed brilliantly in all these fields in addition to bearing and rearing children.

Yet men go on maintaining the fiction that there are many jobs women can’t don Top-level political negotiation between countries, business and banking are almost entirely controlled by men, who jealously guard their so-called ‘rights’. Even in otherwise enlightened places like Switzerland women haven’t even been given the cote. This situation is preposterous! The arguments that men put forward to exclude women from these fields are all too familiar. Women, they say, are unreliable and irrational. They depend too little on cool reasoning and too much on intuition and instinct to arrive at decisions. They are not even capable of thinking clearly. Yet when women prove their abilities, men refuse to acknowledge them and give them their due. So much for a man’s ability to think clearly!

The truth is that men cling to their supremacy because of their basic inferiority complex. They shun real competition. They know in their hearts that women are superior and they are afraid of being beaten at their own game. One of the most important tasks in the world is to achieve peace between the nations. You can be sure that if women were allowed to sit round the conference table, they would succeed brilliantly, as they always do, there men have failed for centuries. Some things are too important to be left to men!

1.　　　 What does the first sentence imply?

[A]. It is not really an enlightened age.　　　　 [B]. It is different from an enlightened age.

[C]. It is the same as an enlightened age.　　　　[C]. It is like an enlightened age.

2.　　　 Why do men carry on the sex war against women?

[A]. Because of their inferiority.　　　　　　  [B]. Because they shun real competition.

[C]. Because of their claim to supremacy.　　[D]. Because they still look down upon women.

3.　　　 The “fiction” is closest in meaning to

[A]. Novel.　　　　　  [B]. Man-made idea.　　　[C]. False idea.　　　[D]. Story.

4.　　　 What is the main argument men have raised against women?

[A]. Women are lack of cold reasoning.　　　　　 [B]. They depend on intuition too much.

[C]. They are unreliable and irrational.　　　 [C]. They are too still look down upon women.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 conscientious　　　　　　　　　　  认真的，真心实意的

2.　　　 maniac　　　　　　　　　　　　　 疯狂的，疯子

3.　　　 preposterous　　　　　　　　　　　 反常的，荒谬的

4.　　　 quibble　　　　　　　　　　　　　 狡辩，摸棱两可

难句译注

1. the inferiority complex　　　　自卑情绪，指一种由自悲感引起的复杂心理状态，对应词是the superiority complex 自高情绪

2. So much for a man’s ability to think clearly!　　这是对男人想清楚能力的讽刺，译文应根据上下文而定。上文说到“妇女甚至难以想得清楚。可是当妇女证明她们有此能力时，男人拒不承认。”

　 [参考译文] 男人想清楚的能力可真大啊。

3.　But this is a minor quibble.

　 [参考译文] 这是一个小小的狡辩。

4. They have often put men to shame.

[参考译文] 她们经常使男人无地自容。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章论及“男人轻视妇女”的问题。采用对比因果的手法写作。先提出妇女经过艰苦卓绝的斗争，赢得了独立的胜利，得到了承认，可是斗争远没结束。因为男子继续在进行性别斗争。下面就从男女双方对比，也可以说，男方轻视妇女及其理由，女方据理反驳。最后作者指出男人轻视妇女的根本原因是他们的自卑情绪。

答案祥解

1.　　　 A. 这确实不是一个启蒙时代。（1）这是第一句话语气和言词传递出来的内容。“这个时代应该是一个启蒙时期，可是假如你听到男人怎么说女人的，你就不会这么认为。”（2）正篇文章也传递了这个信息。

B. 不同于启蒙时期。　　C. 这时代跟启蒙时代一样。　 D. 这时代象个启蒙时期。 这三项都不对。

2.　　　 C. 他们对至高无上权威的追求。答案在最后一段“事实是由于男人们基本的自卑情绪，他们追求至高无上的权威。他们躲避真正的竞争。他们心里明白妇女比他们优秀，因此他们害怕在他们自己的‘游戏’中失利。”

A. 因为他们自卑。　 B. 因为他们躲避真正的竞争。　 D. 因为他们仍然轻视妇女。

3.　　　 C. 错误观点。Fiction本意为“虚构”，此处上下文决定此义：“可是男人们继续坚持这种错误的观点：有许多工作妇女干不了，两国高级政治谈判，商业和银行几乎全部为男人们所控制，他们忌妒地保卫着他们所谓的权利。”

A. 小说。　 D. 故事。 这是fiction两种基本含义，这里不对。　　B. 人为思想。文中没有这种意义。

4.　　　 C. 他们不可信，不理智。答案见第三段“他们把妇女排除这些领域之外，所提出的论点是（众所周知）老调重弹。他们说妇女不可信，不理智。在做决定时，太依赖于直觉和本能。冷静得推理太少。”

A. 他们缺少冷静的推理。　　 B. 他们太依赖于直觉，这两项只是本段中用以解释“不可信，不理智的。”　　　　D. 他们太认真。这是在第二段总提到的内容“我们都知道妇女引起的交通事故比男人少得多，她们非常认真负责不会像发疯似的开车。”

　　　　　　　  Passage Thirty (Fingerprints)

　 The search for latent prints is done in a systematic and intelligent manner. Investigators develop techniques to locate traces of fingerprints at a crime scene. The basic premise in searching for latent prints is to examine more carefully those areas, which would most likely be touched by persons who have been on the scene. The natural manner in which a person would use and place his hands in making an entrance or exit from a building or in handling any object is the key to the discovery of latent prints.

　 Where a forced entrance has been made, latent prints are likely to be found on any surface adjacent to or at that point. Any object with a smooth, non-porous surface is likely to retain latent prints if touched. Fingerprints on rough surfaces are usually of little value. If the fingermark does not disclose ridge detail when viewed under a reading glass, the chances are that its value in identification is nil when photographed. Where fingermarks are found, it will be necessary for the investigator to compare them against the ones of persons having legitimate access to the premises so that the traces might be eliminated as having evidentiary value if they prove to be from these persons. Places to search for prints on an automobile are the rear view mirror, steering wheel hub, steering column, windshield dashboard and the like.

　 Dusting of surface may be done with a fine brush or with an atomizer. The whit powders used are basically finely powdered white lead, talc, or chalk. Another light powder is basically Chemist’s gray. A good black powder is composed of lampblack, graphite, and powdered acacia. Dragon’s blood is good powder for white surface and can be fixed on paper by heating. In developing latent prints, the accepted method is to use the powder sparingly and brush lightly. Do not use powder if the fingermark is visible under oblique lighting. It can be photographed. A good policy for the novice is to experiment with his own prints on a surface similar to the one he wishes to search in order to determine the powder best suited to the surface. Fingerprints after dusting may be lifted by using fresh cellulose tape or commercially prepared material especially designed to lift and transfer dusted latent fingerprints.

　 In addition to latent prints, the investigator must not overlook the possibility of two other types of fingerprint traces: molded impression and visible impression. Molded impressions are formed by the pressure of the finger upon comparatively soft, pliable, or plastic surfaces producing an actual mold of the fingerprint pattern. These can be recorded by photograph without treating the surface, is usually most effective in revealing the impressions clearly. Visible impressions are formed when the finger is covered with some substance which is transferred to the surface contacted. Fingers smeared with blood, grease, dirt, paint, and the like will leave a visible impression. If these impressions are clear and sharp, they are photographed under light without ant treatment. Ordinarily, prints of this type are blurred or smeared and do not contain enough detail for identification by comparison. However, they can not be overlooked or brushed aside without first being examined carefully.

1.　　　 What is the best title for this passage?

[A]. Visible impressions.　　　　　　 [B]. Moulded impressions.

[C]. Fingerprints. 　　　　　　　　　[D]. Latent fingerprints.

2.　　　 How many fingermarks are mentioned in this passage?

[A]. 2.　　　　　　 [B]. 3.　　　　　 [C]. 4.　　　　　  [D]. 5.

3.　　　 Which type of fingerprints is most likely to retain?

[A]. Latent fingerprints.　　　　　　　  [B]. Visible impressions.

[C]. Moulded impressions.　　　　　　  [D]. Clear fingerprints.

4.　　　 How many ways are there to develop fingerprints?

[A]. 2.　　　　　 [B]. 3.　　　　　 [C]. 4.　　　　  [D]. 5.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 latent print　　　　　　　　　　  潜在指纹

2.　　　 premise　　　　　　　　　　　　 前提

3.　　　 non-porous　　　　　　　　　　  无孔的，不渗透的

4.　　　 ridge　　　　　　　　　　　　　 脊，隆起部

5.　　　 nil　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 无，零

6.　　　 premise　　　　　　　　　　　　 房屋及其附属部件

7.　　　 rear view mirror　　　　　　　　  后视镜

8.　　　 steering wheel hub　　　　　　　  驾驶盘

9.　　　 steering column　　　　　　　　  转向柱

10.　 windshield　　　　　　　　　　  挡风玻璃

11.　 dashboard　　　　　　　　　　　 仪表盘，挡泥板

12.　 atomizer　　　　　　　　　　　  喷雾器

13.　 talc　　　　　　　　　　　　　  滑石

14.　 lampblack　　　　　　　　　　　 灯黑，灯烟

15.　 acacia　　　　　　　　　　  　　阿拉伯树胶，金合欢胶

16.　 dragons blood　　　　　　　　　  龙血树脂，麒麟血

17.　 sparingly　　　　　　　　　　　  少量的，节约的

18.　 novice　　　　　　　　　　　　  新手，初学者

19.　 cellulose tape　　　　　　　　　  纤维带，指纹胶带

20.　 lift　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 提起，拿起。这里指取下指纹。

21.　 molded impression　　　　　 　　 模性压痕

22.　 visible impression　　　　　　　　 可见压痕

23.　 pliable　　　　　　　　　　　　  柔韧的，柔顺的

24.　 smear　　　　　　　　　　　　　 搽上，涂污，弄得模糊不清

难句译注

1.　　　 The basic premise in searching for latent prints is to examine more carefully those areas, which would most likely be touched by persons who have been on the scene.

[结构简析] 句子长是因为有两个定语从句：which 和who； which 修饰areas; who 修饰persons.

[参考译文] 搜寻潜手印的基本前提是：要非常仔细的检查那些最可能为曾到过现场的人所触摸的地方。

2.　　　 If the fingermark does not disclose ridge detail when viewed under a reading glass, the chances are that its value in identification is nil when photographed.

[结构简析] 条件句，主从句中都有一个when +过去分词句型。第一个直接紧跟从句，第二个在主句的表语后面。译时根据其所在位置。

[参考译文] 假如指印在放大镜下观察时没有显露隆起部分的细节（不显露指纹纹理），那很可能，在摄影时其鉴别价值等于零。

3.　　　 Where fingermarks are found, it will be necessary for the investigator to compare them against the ones of persons having legitimate access to the premises so that the traces might be eliminated as having evidentiary value if they prove to be from these persons.

[结构简析] 复合句，前面是主从句， where…it will be necessary, 从句so that 中又有一个条件句，if they …。

[参考译文] 如果发现了指印，检查人员就必须把发现的指印和有权进入房屋的人的指印作比较。如果指印证实是来自这些人的，那么作为证据价值的线索就可排除掉。

4.　　　 A good black powder is composed of lampblack, graphite, and powdered acacia. Dragon’s blood is good powder for white surface and can be fixed on paper by heating. In developing latent prints, the accepted method is to use the powder sparingly and brush lightly. Do not use powder if the fingermark is visible under oblique lighting. It can be photographed. A good policy for the novice is to experiment with his own prints on a surface similar to the one he wishes to search in order to determine the powder best suited to the surface.

[结构简析] 句子长，因为表语中有形容词短语similar to , 而to 的宾语又有一个省略which的定从he wishes to search.. 此外副词短语in order to … 的宾语也有一个修饰的分词短语best suited.

[参考译文] 对新手来说，最好的办法就是用自己在类似于他想要搜索的表面上的指印作一个实验，以确定最适用于这种表面的粉末。

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇介绍在犯罪现场搜寻“（潜）指印”的文章。采用平铺直叙步步深入的写作方式。头两段先介绍经常会有“潜指印”的地方是房子的出口和入口，汽车的后视镜，方向盘等。屋内光滑无孔的物体，如若接触就会留有潜指印，但粗糙物体的潜指印就没有价值，放大镜下不显现纹理的指印也无价值，就得看摄影显示决定。

接着，介绍运用白粉，黑粉轻拂扫，新鲜纤维带把潜手印取下的种种方法和步骤。

最后一段介绍了除潜手印外还有两种不能忽略的手印：模性和可见压痕及其形成和取证方法。

答案祥解

1.　　　 C. 指印，不管哪一种。

A. 可见压痕。　 B. 模性压痕。　C. 潜指印，都属于指印。所以最佳的标题应是指印。

2.　　　 B. 三种指印，即：潜指印，模性和可见压痕。

3.　　　 A. 潜指印。因为潜指印隐秘，又是作案人无意中留下不易为人发现和破坏。其价值性从文中第三段描写取潜指印可见一般。

B. 和C. 见第四段“一定不要忽略其它两种类型的指印痕：模性压痕和可见压痕的可能性”这说明这两种指印较少，特别是模性压痕是在相当柔软，柔韧或者塑性表面留下的，作案人一般都是小心翼翼的，不留下指印，更不太可能在这类东西上压上一个指痕。至于可见压痕，是手上沾了“血，油脂，脏土，油漆之类物品”留下。“一般来说，这种类型的指印都是模糊不清或者是污脏难分，比较之下它们对鉴定来说，没有足够细节证据。”　　 D. 清楚指印，没有这个专门名称。

4.　　　 A. 两种。第三段第四句起“在显影指印时，公认的方法是用少许粉末，轻轻拂扫。如果指印在昏暗的灯光下可见，就可以摄影”，“指印轻扫后就用指纹胶带或商业专备材料把它们取下。这是一种专门设计用于取下和转移轻拂扫后的指印材料。”

Passage Thirty-one (The Causes of European Separation in 16^th Century)

　 For a thousand years and more, the people of Europe had fought about many things, but they had been united in believing one thing: that there existed a single “Holy, Catholic and Apostolic Church” of which the Bishop of Rome, under the title of the Pope, was the visible and recognizable head in succession to St. Peter. But in 1517 a German monk, Martin Luther, challenged certain Catholic teachings and renounced his obedience to the papacy. Others had followed him, including Henry VIII.

　 Thus Europe was divided in every which way, the southern and eastern two-thirds still Catholic, the northern and western one-third what was coming to be called Protestant, though English-ruled Ireland solidly Catholic and the Spanish-ruled Netherlands, particularly the northern part approximating to modern Holland, grew increasingly Protestant; while in virtually every country, whether officially Catholic or Protestant, those of the contrary faith fiercely attempted to convert their neighbors and equally fiercely resisted their neighbor’s attempts to convert them. For this there was no simple, friendly solution to be reached on the principle of live-and-let-live. Each party believed that it had hold of the truth, the only truth that mattered, the one that led to eternal salvation, and its adversaries clung to falsehood which must necessarily head to eternal damnation: not only for themselves but for all who should permit them to survive and infect others with their errors. Toleration, even reasonable discussion, was impossible. God and the devil could not mix. Just as Elizabeth was to ardent Catholics that Jezebel, so to earnest Protestants the Pope was “that wolfish bloodsucker,” and their Catholic fellow-creatures mad dogs, toads and other such vermin to be cleansed off the face of the earth.

These feelings, dangerous enough in themselves, were made more so by questions of geography and money. The Catholic countries bordering on the Mediterranean were by far the richest. From the beginning of the Middle Ages the Republic of Venice had controlled the trade routes to the East, bringing the wares carried out of Persia, China and the Indies by camel to her depots in Syria and reloading them in her high, gorgeously painted vessels for transshipment to Italy and beyond. Since the end of the fifteen century, first Portugal by sailing round Africa to India, then Spain by the discovery of America, had likewise been in a position to bring for sale to Europe all the rare and wonderful things for which Europe longed—silks and precious woods, sugar and spices, gold and silver, works of exquisite art and strange animals from peacock to tigers. In 1494, two years after Columbus’s first voyage to America, Pope Alexander VI had divided the unexplored world beyond the seas between Spain and Portugal as reward for their enterprise and to keep them from fighting. The other countries had respected this division so long as they remained Catholic.

1.　　　 The best title for this passage is

[A]. The History of Europe in 16^th Century.

[B]. The Religious History of Europe in 16^th Century.

[C]. The Causes of European Separation in 16^th Century.

2.　　　 What does we learn from the passage?

[A]. The Pope had the supreme power in religion before reform.

[B]. The Pope had the greatest power in every thing outside religion.

[C]. The Pope was the real king in Europe then.

[D]. The Pope was the real ruler in Europe then.

3.　　　 What did the sentence “The other countries had respected this division so long as they remained Catholic” imply?

[A]. It implied this division could not be respected long.

[B]. It implied this division would not face a challenge.

[C]. It implied this division would be respected forever.

[D]. It implied the power of the Pope would never decline.

4.　　　 Which of the following is not mentioned as a cause to deepen the dangerous feelings?

[A]. Money.　　　　  [B]. Geology.　 　　　[C]. Religion.　　　　 [D]. Geography.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 Apostolic　　　　　　　　　　　  罗马教皇的，使徒的

2.　　　 in succession to 　　　　　　　　　继承，接班

3.　　　 Martin Luther　　　　　　　　　  马丁·路德 1483——1546德国宗教改革家

4.　　　 teachings　　　　　　　　　　　  教义

5.　　　 renounce　　　　　　　　　　　  抛弃，摈弃，否认

6.　　　 papacy　　　　　　　　　　　　  罗马教皇职位/制度，这里指罗马教皇

7.　　　 cling to　　　　　　 　　　　　　 坚持

8.　　　 damnation　　　　　　　　　　　 诅咒，永远的处罚

9.　　　 bloodsucker　　　　　　　　　　  吸血鬼

10.　 depot　　　　　　　　　　　　　 仓库，补给站

11.　 gorgeous　　　　　　　　　　　　 华丽的，灿烂的，辉煌的

12.　 spice　　　　　　　　　　　　　 香料

13.　 enterprise　　　　　　　　　　　  事业，业绩，功勋

难句译注

1.　　　 Thus Europe was divided in every which way, the southern and eastern two-thirds still Catholic, the northern and western one-third what was coming to be called Protestant, though English-ruled Ireland solidly Catholic and the Spanish-ruled Netherlands, particularly the northern part approximating to modern Holland, grew increasingly Protestant; while in virtually every country, whether officially Catholic or Protestant, those of the contrary faith fiercely attempted to convert their neighbors and equally fiercely resisted their neighbor’s attempts to convert them.

[结构简析] every which way. 四面八方，散乱。这里指四分五裂。EX : Railroads cross the country in every which way. 铁路四通八达，纵横全国。

[参考译文] 就这样欧洲四分五裂：东南部2/3仍然是天主教，西北部1/3是后来被称为的基督教，虽然英国统治的爱尔兰是稳固的天主教，而西班牙统治的荷兰，特别是靠近现代荷兰的北部地区越来越变成基督教。事实上，在每个国家，不论官方声称是天主教还是基督教，相反信仰的人都拼命想把他的邻居变过来，也同样强烈的抵制他们的邻居企图把他们变过去。

2.　　　 Each party believed that it had hold of the truth, the only truth that mattered, the one that led to eternal salvation, and its adversaries clung to falsehood which must necessarily head to eternal damnation: not only for themselves but for all who should permit them to survive and infect others with their errors.

[结构简析] believed 有两个宾语从句，用and连接。第一个宾语从句that it had hold of the truth中，the　only… the one…都说明truth,是它的同位语。And 后的宾语从句省略了连词that，句中有定语从句which must 修饰falsehood，后面的who定从修饰all.

[参考译文] 每一派都认为他掌握了真理，唯一的至关重要的这里，通向永恒获救解脱，而它的对手（敌人）死抓住错误不放，这必然导致永恒的诅咒；不仅诅咒他们自己，还诅咒那些让他们生存下去，让他们错误感染别人的人。

3.　　　 Just as Elizabeth was to ardent Catholics that Jezebel, so to earnest Protestants the Pope was “that wolfish bloodsucker,” and their Catholic fellow-creatures mad dogs, toads and other such vermin to be cleansed off the face of the earth.

[结构简析] 注意just as…so …句型，so 后是部分倒装。To cleanse off消减，清除出。Jezebel耶西别古代以色列国王亚哈的妻子，残忍淫荡。后指无耻放荡的女人，胭脂虎。这里指英国女王伊丽莎白。

[参考译文] 就像伊丽莎白女王对狂热的天主教徒来讲那是个耶西别；对基督教徒来说罗马教皇是那个残忍的吸血鬼。天主教徒是疯狗，蛤蟆，其他种种恶魔，应从地球表面上清除出去。

写作方法与文章大意

　 这是一篇论述“宗教改革后的欧洲形势”的文章。（16世纪欧洲的情况）。作者从三方面论及其分裂的原由，欧洲在宗教改革后的信仰分裂，造成新旧教势不两立的局面，地理位置和金钱两个因素加剧了分裂的局面。

答案祥解

1.　　　  D. 16世纪欧洲分裂的因素。上面文章大意中作者是从三方面论及其分裂。见难句译注1和第三段第一句：“这些情感，本身就危险，再加上地理和金钱两个问题，情况就更加不妙了。”

A. 欧洲史。　B. 欧洲宗教史。这两项涉及面更广。　　 C. 宗教改革对16世纪欧洲的影响。和标题有些接近。但第三段却是和宗教无关的两个因素。

2.　　　  C. 在改革前，罗马教皇是欧洲真正的帝王。这在第一段中有明确的叙述“一千多年来，欧洲人们虽然在许多事情彼此斗争过，可是在信仰上团结一致，都信只有一个神圣的天主教和罗马教皇的教会。那里的罗马大主教，称为教皇，是继承圣·彼德之后有形的公认领袖。可是，1517年德国僧侣，马丁·路德向某些天主教教义提出挑衅，拒绝服从罗马教皇，其他追随他，其中包括亨利八世（英王）”。

A. 在改革前，罗马教皇在宗教上具有至高无上的权利。似乎很有道理。实际上，教皇虽是宗教领袖，管的事情远远超出宗教范畴。这在最后一段倒数第二句话可见一般。结合第三题谈。　 B. 教皇在宗教之外的许多事情有着最高的权利。是明显不对的。　　D. 教皇是那时欧洲的真正统治者。Then 一词可以指改革前后。

3.　　　  A. 这种分割不可能长期得到尊重。最后一段的最后两句话“1494年，哥伦布首次远航美洲后的两年，教皇亚历山大六世就把这块大洋彼岸未曾勘探的世界分给西班牙和葡萄牙作为对他们业绩的褒奖（赏赐）和制止他们彼此开仗。其它国家只要他们依然信仰天主教，他们就会尊重这个瓜分。”as long as 是一个条件。一旦这个条件不存在，那就不会再尊重。另一方面也说明教皇不仅管宗教，见第2题A注释，因此并不正确。

B. 不会面临挑战。　　 C. 永远得到尊重。　　 D. 教皇权力永不衰退。

4.　　　  B. 地质学。其他三项：

A. 钱。　　 C. 宗教。　　　 D. 地理位置。都提到。

　　　　　 Passage Thirty-two (The Young Generation)

　 Old people are always saying that the young are not what they were. The same comment is made from generation to generation and it is always true. It has never been truer than it is today. The young are better educated. They have a lot more money to spend and enjoy more freedom. They grow up more quickly and are not so dependent on their parents. They think more for themselves and do not blindly accept the ideals of their elders. Events which the older generation remembers vividly are nothing more than past history. This is as it should be. Every new generation is different from the one that preceded it. Today the difference is very marked indeed.

　 The old always assume that they know best for the simple reason that they have been around a bit longer. They don’t like to feel that their values are being questioned or threatened. And this is precisely what the young are doing. They are question the assumptions of their elders and disturbing their complacency. Office hours, for instance, are nothing more than enforced slavery. Wouldn’t people work best if they were given complete freedom and responsibility? And what about clothing? Who said that all the men in the world should wear drab grey suits and convict haircuts? If we ruin our minds to more serious matters, who said that human differences can best be solved through conventional politics or by violent means, who said that human difference can best be solved through conventional politics or by violent means? Why have the older generation so often used violence to solve their problems? Why are they so unhappy and guilt-ridden in their personal lives, so obsessed with mean ambitions and the desire to amass more and more material possessions? Can anything be right with the rat-race? Haven’t the old lost touch with all that is important in life?

　 These are not questions the older generation can shrug off lightly. Their record over the past forty years or so hasn’t been exactly spotless. Traditionally, the young have turned to their elders for guidance. Today, the situation might be reversed. The old—if they are prepared to admit it—could learn a thing or two from their children. One of the biggest lessons they could learn is that enjoyment is not ‘sinful’. Enjoyment is a principle one could apply to all aspects of life. It is surely not wrong to enjoy your work and enjoy your leisure; to shed restricting inhibitions. It is surely not wrong to live in the present rather than in the past or future. This emphasis on the present is only to be expected because the young have grown up under the shadow of the bomb: the constant threat of complete annihilation. This is their glorious heritage. Can we be surprised that they should so often question the sanity of the generation that bequeathed it?

1.　　　  Which of the following features in the young is NOT mentioned?

[A]. Better educated.　　　　　　 [B]. More money and freedom.

[C]. Independence.　　　　　　　 [D]. Hard work.

2.　　　  What so the young reject most?

[A]. Values.　　　　　　　　　  [B]. The assumption of the elders.

[C]. Conformity.　　　　　　　  [C]. Conventional ideas.

3.　　　  Why do the young stress on the present?

[A]. They have grown up under the shadow of the bomb.

[B]. They dislike the past.

[C]. They think the present world is the best.

[D]. They are afraid of destruction.

4.　　　  What can the old learn from the young generation?

[A]. Enjoyment is not sinful.　　　　　　　 [B]. People should have more leisure time.

[C]. Men might enjoy life.　　　　　　　　 [D]. One should enjoy one’s work.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 reminder　　　　　　　　　　　 使共回想起某事的东西，提示者

2.　　　 complacency　　　　　　　　　  自鸣得意，自满情结

3.　　　 take leave 　　　　　　　　　　　擅自，任意，随意

　　　　　 I took leave to consider this matter settled.　 请原谅我认为这事已经解决了。

4.　　　 conformity　　　　　　　　　　  与……一致，遵从

5.　　　 guilt　　　　　　　　　　　　　 有罪，内疚

6.　　　 ridden　　　　　　　　　　　　 （ride 的过去分词）受……支配的，受……压迫

7.　　　 guilt-ridden　　　　　　　　　　 负罪感

8.　　　 amass　　　　　　　　　　　　  积累，积聚

9.　　　 a rat-race　　　　　　　　　　　 激烈的竞争

10.　 shrug off　　　　　　　　　　　  对……耸肩表示不屑一理，轻视，摆脱

11.　 spotless　　　　　　　　　　　  无污点的，纯洁的

12.　 shed　　　　　　　　　　　　　 摆脱，抛弃

13.　 annihilate　　　　　　　　　　　 歼灭

14.　 bequeath　　　　　　　　　　　  赠送，把……传给后代

15.　 sanity　　　　　　　　　　　　  头脑清醒健全

难句译注

1.　　　 convict haircut.　Convict 义：罪犯。罪犯和短发两字合在一起为“囚犯理的发式”。但在这里其含义根据上下文决定。前面讲到“谁说世界上所有的男人都应穿浅灰色的西装”，后面只能译成“剪成像罪犯似的短发呢”。本义有haircut义：修理整齐的短发。整齐划一表示绅士派的工作人中作风正派，认真负责，一丝不苟的精神。作者用了convict罪犯一字表示讽刺：“罪犯也是整齐划一的短发跟绅士们的要求一样，难道他们也是作风正派，认真负责，一丝不苟吗？”

写作方法与文章大意

这是一篇论及“代沟”的文章。主要采用对比手法，一开始就提出了一个老问题：“老人们经常说年轻人不是从前那样了。这一评语代代相传，永远是对的，而今天比以前任何时候更正确。”下面几段就论述他们之不同点以及对比老少两代人的态度。

答案祥解

1.　　　  D. 艰苦工作。这在第一段中第四句“青年一代受了更好教育，有大量的钱话，有更多的自由。他们成长的很快，不那么依赖于父母，他们独立思考得更多，不盲目接受老一代的理想……。”

A. 受更好的教育。　　　 B. 更多的钱和自由。　　　C. 独立性。这三项均提及到。

2.　　　  C. 顺从。第二段集中讲到这一点。“因为老人们经常认为自己懂得多，理由就是他们经历得多。他们不喜欢自己的价值观受到怀疑或威胁。而这正是青年在做的。他们对老人们的设想提出疑问，打乱他们的自鸣得意。他们甚至敢于怀疑老一代创造了世界上可能最佳的社会。他们最反对的莫过于顺从。例如：他们说办公时间就是强制奴役，如果人们完全自由，绝对负责，他们的工作不会更好吗？而穿衣呢？谁说世界上所有的男人都该穿单调的灰色西装和剪成像罪犯似的短发？……。”这些词语都表示他们最反对的东西是遵从，“一致性”。所以

A. 价值。　　  B. 长者的设想。　　　D. 传统习俗观念。都是具体的某一点。

3.　　　  A. 他们在炸弹的阴影下成长。第三段倒数第四句起“由于年轻人是在炸弹战争的阴影下成长壮大：在不断受到全面歼灭的威胁之下，所以也只能期望他们重视目前。这是他们的光荣遗产。他们经常询问赠给他们遗产的这代人的头脑是否清醒。对此我们能表示惊讶吗？”遗产指的是第二段的种种问题所体现出来的东西，如：“谁说人类之差异能通过常规政策或暴力手段予以很好的解决？为什么老一代人常用暴力来解决他们的问题？为什么他们（老一代）个人生活那么不愉快。老有负罪感？为什么老纠缠于要积聚越来越多的物质财富？……。”

B. 他们不喜欢过去。　　　　C. 他们认为现世界是最好的。　　　D. 他们害怕破坏。

4.　　　  A. 享受不是犯罪。这在第三段中间“老年人——如果他们准备承认的话——可以从他们的孩子们那里学到一两件事。他们能学的最大的课堂之一是享受不是犯罪。”“享受”是人可适用于生活各个方面的原则。从工作中获得乐处，享受闲暇时间，肯定不是错误。抛弃约束限制，生活在现在而不是生活在过去肯定也不是错。

B. 人们应有更多的闲暇。　　C. 人可以享受生活。　　 D. 一个人应当享受工作。

　　　　  Passage Thirty-three (Importance of a Computer)

　 As citizens of advanced but vulnerable economies, we must either relentlessly increase the quality of our skills or see our standard of living erode. For the future, competition between nations will be increasingly based on technological skill. Oil and natural resources will still be important, but they no longer will determine a nation’s economic strength. This will now be a matter of the way people organize them selves and the nature and quality of their work. Japan and the “new Japans “of East Asia are demonstrating this point in ways that are becoming painfully obvious to the older industrial countries.

　 There is simply no way to rest on our past achievements. Today’s competition renders obsolete huge chunks of what we know and what forces us to innovate. For each individual. Several careers will be customary, and continuing education and retraining will be inescapable. To attain this extraordinary level of education, government, business, schools, and even individuals will turn to technology for the answer.

　 In industry, processing the information and designing the changes necessary to keep up with the market has meant the growing use of computers. The schools are now following close behind. Already some colleges in the United States are requiting a computer for each student. It is estimated that 500,000 computers are already in use in American high schools and elementary schools. Although there is an abysmal lack of educational software, the number of computers in schools expands rapidly.

　 The computer is the Proteus of machines, as it takes on a thousand forms and serves a thousand functions. But its truly revolutionary character can be seen in its interactive potential. With advanced computers, learning can be individualized and self-paced. Teachers can become more productive and the entire learning environment enriched.

　 It is striking how much current teaching is a product of pencil and paper technology. With the computer’s capacity for simulation and diverse kinds of feedback, all sorts of new possibilities open up for the redesign of curriculums. Seymour Papert, the inventor of the computer language LOGO, believes that concepts in physics and advanced mathematics can be taught in the early grades with the use of computers. On every-day level, word-processing significantly improves the capacity for written expression. In terms of drill and practice, self-paced computer-assisted instruction enables the student to advance rapidly—without being limited by the conflicting needs of the entire class. In short, once we learn to use this new brain outside the brain, education will never be the same.

Industry, faced with the pressures of a rapidly shifting market, is already designing new methods to retrain its workers, In the United States, a technological university has been set up to teach engineering courses by satellite. And the advances in telecommunications and computational power will dramatically expand the opportunities for national and international efforts in education and training.

Without romanticizing the machine, it is clear that computers uniquely change the potential for equipping today’s citizens for unprecedented tasks of the future. Particularly in Europe and the United States, innovation will be the basis for continued prosperity. New competitors are emerging to challenge the old economic arrangements. How successfully we respond will depend on how much we invest in people and how wisely we employ the learning tools of the new technology.

1.　　　  What is the decisive factor in future competition between nations?

[A]. Oil.　　　　　　 　　　　　　　[B]. Technological skill.

[C]. Natural resources　　　　　　　  [D] Education

2.　　　  The main idea of this passage is

[A]. Knowledge of a Computer.　　　　 [B]. Importance of a Computer.

[C]. Function of Knowledge.　　　　　  [C]. Function of Technology.

3.　　　  Why does further study become indispensable?

[A]. People want to so more jobs.

[B]. People want to attain this extraordinary level of education.

[C]. People would not rest on the past achievements.

[D]. What we know becomes obsolete.

4.　　　  The word “Proteus” is closest in meaning to

[A]. flexibility.　　　　[B]. diversity.　　　　[C]. variety.　　　　 [D]. multiplicity.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 relentlessly　　　　　　　　　　　 始终不懈的

2.　　　 obsolete　　　　　　　　　　　　 过时的，大量的，绝大部分的

3.　　　 chunk　　　　　　　　　　　　　 大块，大量的，绝大部分

4.　　　 abysmal　　　　　　　　　　　　 无底的，极端的

5.　　　 Proteus　　　　　　　　　 希腊神话中海神，能随意变化。这里指flexible, 灵活多变

6.　　　 take on　　　　　　　　　　　　  显现，显示

7.　　　 LOGO=logotyre　　　　　　　　  标识语，作为标志的语言

8.　　　 rapidly shifting　　　　　　　　　 瞬息万变的

9.　　　 romanticizing　　　　　　　 　　 使浪漫化，使幻想化

难句译注

1.　　　 With the computer’s capacity for simulation and diverse kinds of feedback, all sorts of new possibilities open up for the redesign of curriculums.

[参考译文] 由于计算机能进行模拟和提供各种反馈，它就为从新设计学校的课程开辟了各种新的可能性。

2.　　　 In terms of drill and practice, self-paced computer-assisted instruction enables the student to advance rapidly—without being limited by the conflicting needs of the entire class.

[结构简析] 句子结构为主谓宾补，前后各用一个介词（短语），前in term of , 后without

[参考译文] 就练习和实践来讲，借助自行规定速度的计算机辅助的指令使学生突飞猛进而不受全班互相矛盾的需要所限制。

3.　　　 Without romanticizing the machine, it is clear that computers uniquely change the potential for equipping today’s citizens for unprecedented tasks of the future.

[结构简析] 逻辑主语句。句前有一状语成分，without +分词+名词的句型。

[参考译文] 不必用浪漫主义的手法来形容计算机，我们可清楚看到，它是独一无二的改变今天公民的潜力，使他们能承担未来的史无前例的任务。

写作方法与文章大意

文章论述了“计算机的重要性”，采用一般到具体写作手法。一开始就提出：‘作为经济上先进而又脆弱的公民，必须始终不懈地提高技术素质，否则生活水平就会下降。因为未来国际竞争取决于技术，一切部门必须迎合这一要求。具体到工业和学校必须使用计算机。重点在学校，因为它是培训新人才的基地。所以三，四，五，七段涉及计算机在学校的种种功能。最后的结论：人才和计算机是决定性因素。

答案祥解

1.　　　  B. 工艺技术。这在第一段就讲到“在未来，国与国之间的竞争越来越以工艺技术为基础。尽管石油和其他自然资源仍很重要，但它们不会再对一个国家的经济实力起决定性的作用。”

A. 石油。　　　　C. 自然资源，这两项不是决定性因素。　　　　D. 教育。文内教育作为改革的一个方面，其重点是在学校内应用计算机，来改变教学质量，达到革新人才的目的。并不是直接参与竞争。可参看第2题的答案及译注。

2.　　　  B. 计算机的重要性。整篇文章都显示了这一点。第三段“工业上，信息处理和制定必要的改革计划以适应市场需要意味着越来越多使用计算机。学校紧跟工业之后……”第四段“计算机是一种变化多端，神通广大的机器，因为它显示千种图象，发挥千种功能。而它的真正的革命性可在其相互作用的潜能中看出。有了先进的计算机，学习可以个别进行，速度自行规定。教师变得更有成效……。”第五段“……由于利用计算机，在学校低年级就能教授物理学和高等数学概念……。”最后一段画龙点睛地指出：“计算机独一无二地改变着那种今天公民能担当未来空前任务的潜能……新的竞争对手正在崛起，自由的经济布局提出挑战。我们如何才能顺利的应战，取决于我们对人的投资的多寡，取决于我们怎么聪慧地应用新技术的学习工具。”所以

A. 计算机知识。　　　　 C. 知识的功能。　　　　 D. 技术功能，这三项只是计算机重要性中涉及到的一个方面，不能作为中心思想。

3.　　　  D. 因为我们知道的一切变得陈旧。第二段头几句话“我们决不能吃老本，当今的竞争使我们的大部分知识变得陈旧，非加以革新不可。对每个人来说，他们将惯常从事某几种职业，并且非继续学习进修和从新接受训练不可……。”都说明进修学习的原因。

A. 人们要做更多工作。文内没有提到。　　　　 B. 人们要到达非同一般的教育水平。这是目的，不是原因。　　　　 C. 人们不能吃老本。这话并没有完全讲清楚全部原因。

4.　　　  A. 灵活多变。 Proteus 一词，原义是指希腊神话中变幻无常的海神，普罗狄斯，他可以随心所欲边成各种形状。这里指灵活多变。

Passage Thirty-four

(The Relationship between Brain Process with Mental Experience)

　 By 1950, the results of attempts to relate brain processes to mental experience appeared rather discouraging. Such variations in size, shape, chemistry, conduction speed, excitation threshold, and the like as had been demonstrated in nerve cells remained negligible in significance for any possible correlation with the manifold dimensions of mental experience.

　 Near the turn of the century, it had been suggested by Hering that different modes of sensation, such as pain, taste and color, might be correlated with the discharge of specific kinds of nervous energy, However, subsequently developed methods of recording and analyzing nerve potentials failed to reveal any such qualitative diversity. It was possible to demonstrate by other methods refined structural differences among neuron types; however, proof was lacking that the quality of the impulse or its conduction was influenced by these differences, which seemed instead to influence the developmental patterning of the neural circuits. Although qualitative variance among nerve rigidly disproved, the doctrine was generally abandoned in favor of the opposing view, namely, that nerve impulses are essentially homogeneous in quality and are transmitted as “common currency” throughout the nervous system. According to this theory, it is not the quality of the sensory nerve impulses that determines the diverse conscious sensations they produce, but, rather, the different areas of the brain into which they discharge, and there is some evidence for this view. In one experiment, when an electric stimulus was applied to a given sensory field of the cerebral cortex of a conscious human subject, it produced a sensation of the appropriate modality for that particular locus, that is, a visual sensation from the visual cortex, an auditory sensation from the auditory cortex, and so on. Other experiments revealed slight variations in the size, number, arrangement, and interconnection of the nerve cells, but as for as psychoneural correlations were concerned, the obvious similarities of these sensory fields to each other seemed much more remarkable than any of the minute differences.

However, cortical as diverse as those of red, black, green and white, or touch, cold, warmth, movement, pain, posture and pressure apparently may arise through activation of the same cortical areas. What seemed to remain was some kind of differential patterning effects in the brain excitation: it is the difference in the central distribution of impulses that counts. In short, Brain theory suggested a correlation between mental experience and the activity of relatively homogenous nerve-cell units conducting essentially homogeneous impulses through homogeneous cerebral tissue. To match the multiple dimensions of mental experience psychologists could only point to a limitless variation in the spatiotemporal patterning of nerve impulses.

Vocabulary

1.　　　  Up until 1950, efforts to establish that brain processes and mental experience are related would most likely have been met with

[A]. vexation.　　　　[B]. irritability.　　　 [C]. discouragement　　　  [D]. neutrality

2.　　　  The author mentions “common currency” primarily in order to emphasize the

[A]. lack of differentiation among nerve impulses in human beings.

[B]. similarities in the views of the scientists.

[C]. similarity of sensations of human beings.

[D]. continuous passage of nerve impulses through the nervous system.

3.　　　  Which of the following theories is reinforced by the depiction of the experiment in lines 16—19?

[A]. Cognitive experience manifested by sensory nerve impulses are influenced by the area of the brain stimulated.

[B]. Qualitative diversity in nerve potentials can now be studied more accurately.

[C]. Sensory stimuli are heterogeneous and are greatly influenced by the nerve sensors they produce.

[D]. Differentiation in neural modalities influences the length of nerve transmissions.

4.　　　  It can be inferred from the passage that which of the following exhibit the LEAST qualitative variation?

[A]. Nerve cells.　　　　　　　　　 [B]. Nerve impulses.

[C]. Cortical areas.　　　　　　　　 [C]. Spatial patterns of nerve impulses.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 mental experiences　　　　　 　　　　 精神感受

2.　　　 discharge　　　　　　　　　　　　　  释放

3.　　　 negligible　　　　　　　　　　　　　  微小的，可以忽略不计的

4.　　　 manifold　　　　　　　　　　　　　  多种多样的，多方面

5.　　　 neuron　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  神经元/细胞

6.　　　 neural　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  （中枢）神经的（系统）

7.　　　 qualitative diversity　　　　　　　　　  质的多样性，量变的

8.　　　 disprove　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 反驳，反证

9.　　　 homogeneous　　　　　　　　　　　　 相似的

10.　  sensory nerve　　　　　　　　　　　　 感觉神经

11.　  cortical　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  外皮的，皮质的

12.　  cerebral cortex　　　　　　　　　　　  大脑皮层

13.　  locus　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  地点，区域

14.　  psychoneural　　　　　　　　　　　　 精神神经

15.　  heterogeneous　　　　　　　　　　　  异源的，异种的，异体的

16.　  spatiotenporal　　　　　　　　　　　  时空的

难句译注

1.　　　 Such variations in size, shape, chemistry, conduction speed, excitation threshold, and the like as had been demonstrated in nerve cells remained negligible in significance for any possible correlation with the manifold dimensions of mental experience.

[结构分析] 句型为such…as 可as 具有关系代词作用，此处作从句中had been demonstrated 的主语。

[参考译文] 神经细胞中所显示的诸如在尺寸，形状，化学，神经脉冲中传导速度，激发界限等方面的那种变化差异对多方面的精神感受可能有联系来说仍然意义不大。

2.　　　 It was possible to demonstrate by other methods refined structural differences among neuron types; however, proof was lacking that the quality of the impulse or its conduction was influenced by these differences, which seemed instead to influence the developmental patterning of the neural circuits.

[参考译文] 有可能用其他办法来显示神经类型之间细微的结构差异。可是，缺乏证据证实脉冲的或者其脉冲传导的质量受这些差别的影响。相反，这种质量看起来它却影响了中枢神经循环的进展模式。

3.　　　 In one experiment, when an electric stimulus was applied to a given sensory field of the cerebral cortex of a conscious human subject, it produced a sensation of the appropriate modality for that particular locus, that is, a visual sensation from the visual cortex, an auditory sensation from the auditory cortex, and so on.

[结构分析] 主从句。后面跟解释性同位语：that is ……。

[参考译文] 在一个实验中，当电刺激作用于有意识的人体大脑皮层的某个感觉部位，它对这个特定部位产生一种恰如其分的感觉道，也就是说，视觉来自视觉皮层，听觉来自听皮层，以此类推。

4.　　　 Other experiments revealed slight variations in the size, number, arrangement, and interconnection of the nerve cells, but as for as psychoneural correlations were concerned, the obvious similarities of these sensory fields to each other seemed much more remarkable than any of the minute differences.

[参考译文] 其他实验揭示了神经细胞在尺寸，数目，排列和相互联结上的细微变化。可是，就精神神经相互关系而论，这些感觉部位相互之间明显的相似性似乎比任何细微差异更为明显多。

5.　　　 In short, Brain theory suggested a correlation between mental experience and the activity of relatively homogenous nerve-cell units conducting essentially homogeneous impulses through homogeneous cerebral tissue.

[参考译文] 总之，大脑理论说明精神感觉和相对相似的神经细胞单位的活动有关系。这种活动通过相似的大脑皮层组织传导的基本相似的脉冲。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章是对“大脑神经活动和精神感受关系的探讨。”采用时空写法。先从1950年，探索两者关系的结果令人沮丧谈起。在临近本世纪转折时期，由赫林提出的不同的感觉态可能和某种神经能量有关。经过一系列理论和经验探索，最后得出大脑理论说明神经感受和相对相似的神经细胞单位活动有关的结论。这是一种通过相似的大脑结构引导相似脉冲的活动。

答案祥解

1.　　　  C. 令人失望。答案见文章的第一句话“到了1950年，大脑活动过程和精神感受有关系的实验结果看起来令人沮丧。”

A. 令人恼火。　　 B. 激怒。　　　　D. 中立。　　均不对。

2.　　　  A. 在人的神经脉冲中缺少变异（差别）。Common currency 本义是一般通用。这里的上下问决定了它的含义“无变异脉冲（普通脉冲）”。第二段“虽然神经能量中的质变理论从没有受到严厉的驳斥，但这一学说被普遍放弃，而赞成其对立的观点；那就是：神经脉冲在质量沙锅内基本相似，并作为无变异脉冲（普通脉冲）经神经系统传送。”所以普通脉冲就是指神经脉冲无变异，在质量上基本相似。

B. 科学家观点上的相似性。　　 C. 人类感觉相似性。　　　　D.　 神经脉冲连续不断通过神经系统。这三项和common currency 无关。

3.　　　  A. 受刺激的大脑部位影响感觉神经脉冲所显示的认知感受。在第二道题译文下面“根据这一理论，不是感觉神经脉冲的质量决定它们所产生的各种有意识的感觉。而是由脉冲在大脑中释放的不同部位决定，并且有证据证明这一论点。”见难句译注3。

B. 现在对神经潜力的质量变化可以进行更精彩的研究。　　　　 C. 感官刺激是异源的，并深受它们所产生的神经感觉（感受器）的影响。　　　　D. 神经形态上的差异影响神经传递长度。

4.　　　  B.　神经脉冲。这在第2题答案A中译注（即第二段）已有明确的答复。“神经脉冲在质量上基本相似……。”

A. 神经细胞。见难句译注2，“有可能用其他办法来显示神经细胞类型之间细微的结构差异。”　　　 C. 外皮区域（部位）。　　　 D. 神经脉冲空间模式。见难句译注5和本文最后一句“为了和精神感受多样性吻合，心理学家只能指明神经脉冲时空模式上的无限差异。”这说明，它不是 “Least qualitative variation.”

Passage Thirty-five (Exploration on the Origin of Continents)

　 The origin of continental nuclei has long been a puzzle. Theories advanced so far have generally failed to explain the first step in continent growth, or have been subject to serious objections. It is the purpose of this article to examine the possible role of the impact of large meteorites or asteroids in the production of continental nuclei. Unfortunately, the geological evolution of the Earth’s surface has had an obliterating effect on the original composition and structure of the continents to such an extent that further terrestrial investigations have small chance of arriving at an unambiguous answer to the question of continental origin. Paradoxically, clues to the origin and early history of the surface features of the Earth may be found on the Moon and planets, rather than on the Earth, because some of these bodies appear to have had a much less active geological history. As a result, relatively primitive surface features are preserved for study and analysis. In the case of both the Moon and Mars, it is generally concluded from the appearance of their heavily cratered surfaces that they have been subjected to bombardment by large meteoroids during their geological history. Likewise, it would appear a reasonable hypothesis that the Earth has also been subjected to meteoroid bombardment in the past, and that very large bodies struck the Earth early in its geological history.

　 The large crater on the Moon listed by Baldwin has a diameter of 285 km. However, if we accept the hypotheses of formation of some of the mare basins by impact, the maximum lunar impact crater diameter is probably as large as 650km. Based on a lunar analogy, one might expect several impact craters of at least 500km diameter to have been formed on Earth. By applying Baldwin’s equation, the depth of such a crater should be about 20km. Baldwin admits that his equation gives excessive depths for large craters so that the actual depth should be somewhat smaller. Based on the measured depth of smaller lunar crater. Baldwin’s equation gives the depth of the zone of brecciation for such a crater as about 75km. The plasticity of the Earth’s mantle at the depth makes it impossible to speak of “bracciation” in the usual sense. However, local stresses may be temporarily sustained at that depth, as shown by the existence of deep-focus earthquakes. Thus, short-term effects might be expected to a depth of more than 50km in the mantle.

Even without knowing the precise effects, there is little doubt that the formation of a 500-km crater would be a major geological event. Numerous authors have considered the geological implications of such an event. Donn et al. have, for example, called on the impact of continent-size bodies of sialic composition to from the original continents. Two major difficulties inherent in this concept are the lack of any known sialic meteorites, and the high probability that the energy of impact would result in a wide dissemination of sialic material, rather than its concentration at the point of impact.

Gilvarry, on the other hand, called on meteoroid impact to explain the production of ocean basins. The major difficulties with this model are that the morphology of most of the ocean basins is not consistent with impact, and that the origin and growth of continents is not adequately explained.

We agree with Donn at al. that the impact of large meteorites or asteroids may have caused continent formation, but would rather think in terms of the localized addition of energy to the system, rather than in terms of the addition of actual sialic material.

1.　　　  A mare basin is

[A]. a formula for determining the relationship between the depth and width of craters.

[B]. a valley that is filled in when a spatial body has impact with the moon or the earth.

[C]. a planetoid (small planet) created when a meteorite, upon striking the moon, breaks off a part of the moon.

[D]. a dark spot on the moon, once supposed to be a sea, now a plain.

2.　　　  The writer does not believe that

[A]. an asteroid is larger than a meteorite.

[B]. material from space, upon hitting the earth, was eventually distributed.

[C]. the earth, at one time, had craters.

[D]. ocean were formerly craters.

3.　　　  The article is primarily concerned with

[A]. the origin of continents.

[B]. the relationship between astral phenomena and the moon.

[C]. differences of opinion among authoritative geologists.

[D]. the relationship between asteroids and meteorites.

4.　　　  Sialic material refers to

[A]. the broken rock resulting from the impact of a meteorite against the earth.

[B]. material that exists on planets other than the earth.

[C]. a composite of rock typical of continental areas of the earth.

[D. material that is man-made to simulate materials that existed far back in geological history.

Vocabulary

1.　　　 meteorit　　　　　　　　　　　　　陨石，陨星

2.　　　 asteroid　　　　　　　　　　　　 （火星和木星轨道间）小行星

3.　　　 obliterate　　　　　　　　　　　　 除去，消减……痕迹

4.　　　 crater　　　　　　　　　　　　　  火山口，陨石坑

5.　　　 mare　　　　　　　　　　　　　  海，（也指月亮，火星上的）阴暗区

6.　　　 impact　　　　　　　　　　　　　 撞击

7.　　　 impact crater　　　　　　　　  　　陨石坑，撞击火山

8.　　　 brecciate　　　　　　　　　　　　 合成角砾岩

　　　　 the zone of brecciation　　　　 角砾岩地带

9.　　　 mantle　　　　　　　　　　　　　 地幔

10.　  stress　　　　　　　　　　　　　  应力

　　　　local　stress　　　　　　　　 局部（本身）应力

11.　  sialic　　　　　　　　　　　　　 硅铝的

12.　  probability　　　　　　　　　　　  概率，可能性

13.　  disseminate　　　　　　　　　　　 传播，分散，浸染

14.　  morphology　　　　　　　　　　　 组织，结构，形态（学）

15.　  astral　　　　　　　　　　　　　  星（星状体）的

难句译注

1.　　　 Unfortunately, the geological evolution of the Earth’s surface has had an obliterating effect on the original composition and structure of the continents to such an extent that further terrestrial investigations have small chance of arriving at an unambiguous answer to the question of continental origin.

[结构简析] 句中用such…that 句型。

[参考译文] 遗憾的是，地球表面的地质变化对大陆原始结构和组成起了抹煞的作用。这种消除作用达到了这种程度，使进一步的大陆的研究工作很难对大陆起源问题去得明确的答案。

2.　　　 In the case of both the Moon and Mars. It is generally concluded from the appearance of their heavily cratered surfaces that they have been subjected to bombardment by large meteoroids during their geological history.

[结构简析] in the case of 就……说，至于……，论到。

[参考译文] 拿月亮和火星来说，一般都从它们表面严重的陨石坑得出结论：它们在其地质进化过程中遭到过巨大的陨星的撞击。

3.　　　 Two major difficulties inherent in this concept are the lack of any known sialic meteorites, and the high probability that the energy of impact would result in a wide dissemination of sialic material, rather than its concentration at the point of impact.

[结构简析] that clause 是high probability 的说明同位语。

[参考译文] 这一概念本身固有的两大难点是缺乏任何已知的硅铝陨石和下列现象的高概率：即撞击的能量会导致硅铝材料广泛分散，而不是集中于撞击点上。

写作方法与文章大意

　 文章一开始就说明了此文论述“大陆核生成过程中大的陨星的撞击作用。”由于地球表面地质进化抹去了大陆原始结构和组成的痕迹，只好由月亮和火星作为研究对象来说明地球。从三方面来论述：一是鲍德温的方程式，深度和宽度；二是硅铝组成；三是海洋盆地。最后结论。

答案祥解

1.　　　  D. 是月球上的一个黑点，一度认识是海，现在知道是平原。Mare basin海盆地。词义本身说明D项对。另一方面，第二段开始提及“鲍德温所列出的月球上最大的陨石坑直径为285公里。可是，如果我们接受了某些由于撞击而形成海盆地的结构假设，那么月球上最大陨石坑的直径可能有650公里大。”这里都说mare basin指的是月球上陨石坑。这就排除了A,B,C三个选项。

A. 是测定陨石坑深度和宽度的公式。　　　 B. 当某一天体或地球撞击时填入的深谷。　　　 C. 当陨星撞击月亮时，撞掉的部分月亮而形成小星体。

2.　　　  D. 海洋是原来的陨石坑。倒数第二段“另一方面，Gilvarry 用陨星撞击来解释海洋盆地的形成。这一模式的最大困难在于大多数海洋盆地结构和撞击情况不符。”

A. 小行星大于陨星。　　　　  B. 来自太空的材料，在撞击地球时，均匀分布。　　　　C. 地球一度有过陨石坑。这三项明显不对， 谈不上相信不相信。

3.　　　  A. 大陆起源。这在文章一开始就点明“大陆核起源长期以来一直是个谜。进展到现在的理论一般都不能说明大陆生长的第一步情况，或者遭到严厉的反对。这篇文章的目的就是要研究大陨星或小行星的撞击在地球核生成中可能起的作用。”另见难句译注1。

B. 星际现象和月球的关系。　　　 C. 权威地质学家意见分歧。　　　 D. 小行星和陨星之间的关系。

4.　　　  C. 地球大陆地区特有的岩石构成。第三段第三句：“举例说，Donn et al.提出大陆区域大小的，硅铝结构的天体撞击形成最初的大陆块的设想。”其它见难句译注3。

A. 由于陨星撞击地球形成破碎的岩石。　　　　B. 存在于地球之外其它星球的材料。　　　　C. 人造材料模拟存在于遥远地质史上的材料。三项文内都没有提到。